« March 2008 | Main | May 2008 »

April 21, 2008

Carter Says Hamas and Syria Are Open to Peace

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/22/world/middleeast/22mideast.html
April 22, 2008
Carter Says Hamas and Syria Are Open to Peace
By ETHAN BRONNER [former president carter] [bush white house, late 2nd term] [technically, societal since carter is no longer president] [however, ex presidents are special club that intersects with societal and govt] [his “breakthrough” seems suspect at best] [a) Hamas knows that a mid March poll in Palestine showed more Palestinians wanted to fight versus negotiation—major frustrations] [b) Hamas says nothing about moving away from its charter] [c) who would conduct elections? And how would Fatah be fitted into such an thing?] [the Syria unilateral deal sounds more likely] [rumors of both Syria and Israel contemplating cutting unilateral deal] [******]
JERUSALEM — Jimmy Carter, the former American president, said on Monday that he had obtained a significant concession from the Palestinian group Hamas regarding Israeli-Palestinian peace and also found the Syrian leadership eager for a full peace treaty with Israel.

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/22/world/middleeast/22mideast.html
April 22, 2008
Carter Says Hamas and Syria Are Open to Peace
By ETHAN BRONNER [former president carter] [bush white house, late 2nd term] [technically, societal since carter is no longer president] [however, ex presidents are special club that intersects with societal and govt] [his “breakthrough” seems suspect at best] [a) Hamas knows that a mid March poll in Palestine showed more Palestinians wanted to fight versus negotiation—major frustrations] [b) Hamas says nothing about moving away from its charter] [c) who would conduct elections? And how would Fatah be fitted into such an thing?] [the Syria unilateral deal sounds more likely] [rumors of both Syria and Israel contemplating cutting unilateral deal] [******]
JERUSALEM — Jimmy Carter, the former American president, said on Monday that he had obtained a significant concession from the Palestinian group Hamas regarding Israeli-Palestinian peace and also found the Syrian leadership eager for a full peace treaty with Israel.
Mr. Carter, who spoke in Jerusalem after several days of talks in the Syrian capital, Damascus, said he had extracted from Hamas a promise to respect the creation of a Palestinian state in the West Bank and Gaza Strip if it were ratified by a referendum of the Palestinian people.
He said further that Syria believed “about 85 percent” of the issues between it and Israel had been resolved in prior negotiations and it wanted a peace deal “as soon as possible.”
Given the general pessimism surrounding Israeli-Arab peace, Mr. Carter’s upbeat assessment had a contrarian quality to it, as did his decision to meet in Damascus with President Bashar al-Assad of Syria and the Hamas leadership, all of whom are shunned by the Bush administration which asked him not to hold the meetings.
Mr. Carter called the agreement on a Palestinian state, obtained from Hamas in writing, important because it meant that Hamas, a radical group excluded from the Palestinian Authority yet currently ruling in the Gaza Strip, would not disrupt the negotiations or implementation of any accord if the Palestinian people supported it in a free vote.
“If the agreement calls for a two-state solution and the recognition of Israel and Palestine, Hamas will, in effect, recognize Israel, if the people agree on the plan,” Mr. Carter told the Israel Council on Foreign Relations in a speech here.
In a subsequent interview with The New York Times, Mr. Carter struck a more cautious note, saying, “I’m not claiming it’s a breakthrough.” He added, “I don’t have any control over whether or not Hamas does what they tell me. I just know what they tell me.”
Israeli officials opposed Mr. Carter’s meetings with Hamas leaders, saying doing so legitimizes a group they consider to be a terrorist organization. But Mr. Carter said on Monday, “The problem is not that I met with Hamas in Syria. The problem is that Israel and the United States refuse to meet these people.”
How a referendum would work is not clear. Mr. Carter said in the interview that he understood that only those Palestinians living in the West Bank and Gaza Strip would participate and that the voting would be monitored by international observers, including observers from the Carter Center.
But Khaled Meshal, the Hamas leader in Damascus with whom Mr. Carter had spoken, gave a televised news conference late Monday and said that Hamas wants all Palestinians, including those living abroad, to vote. Palestinians in refugee camps in Lebanon, Syria and Jordan would likely insist on a right of return to their original homes in what is today Israel, something Israel has said it could never accept.
Mr. Meshal also focused on the return of Palestinians to Israel and Hamas’s refusal to accept Israel’s legitimacy when he said, "Hamas accepts the establishment of an independent Palestinian state on the 1967 borders with East Jerusalem as its capital and with full and real sovereignty and full application of the right of the Palestinian refugees to return but Hamas will not recognize the state of Israel."
In addition, Mr. Meshal emphasized something else — that no referendum could take place before Hamas and Fatah had reconciled their bitter dispute and the Palestine Liberation Organization, from which Hamas is excluded, was “reformed” to include it.
Such goals seem at the moment rather distant.
Mr. Carter had tried to get Hamas to agree to several other requests and all were turned down. Those included a prisoner exchange and declaring a 30-day unilateral cease-fire with Israel — Hamas fires rockets on Israeli towns and communities in an effort to hurt and kill civilians. On Monday a 4-year-old child was injured from shrapnel after a rocket hit a home on a kibbutz and caused damage, the Israeli army announced.
Mr. Meshal said at his news conference that, through Egypt, he and Israel were working on a possible mutual cease-fire or period of calm so there was no reason to accept Mr. Carter’s suggestion of a unilateral cease-fire.
Mr. Carter said he found the Hamas leadership, including Mr. Meshal, to be clear-thinking, educated people who gave no sign of fanaticism, although he did condemn in harsh terms their use of violence. He said they did not break for prayer, talk of holy land or God. “It was secular talk,” he said.
“They are just as rational as you are,” he said, adding, “The thing that Meshal and I have is that we are both physicists.”
Mr. Carter also said that while he was snubbed by the Israeli leadership over his talks with Hamas, he believes it was due to American pressure that meetings between him and top Israeli leaders were canceled.
In the interview, Mr. Carter said that what he learned about Syrian intentions toward Israel may prove more significant than the Hamas agreement.
He said that Mr. Assad believes there are only a few details left to work out on a full peace treaty but that the Bush administration is discouraging Israel to proceed because of other concerns, especially related to Iraq, that the Americans have with Syria.
“All of our group were surprisingly impressed with his strength and knowledge of the details in contrast to what we had heard from propaganda,” Mr. Carter said of the Syrian president. He emphasized that for Syria, a deal with Israel has to be brokered by the United States to be meaningful.
While Mr. Assad has an alliance with Iran, Mr. Carter believes that the relationship is as an alternative to one with the United States and the West, rather than his first choice. He said he expected Mr. Assad would be willing to separate from that alliance because he wants full peace with Israel.
“He’s willing to put his eggs in that basket of peace with Israel, no matter what Iran thinks,” Mr. Carter said in the interview of Mr. Assad.
Taghreed al-Khodari contributed additional reporting from Gaza.
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

Few Clear Wins in U.S. Anti-Terror Cases

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/20/AR2008042002227.html
Few Clear Wins in U.S. Anti-Terror Cases
Moving Early on Domestic Suspects Often Does Not Bring Convictions
By Carrie Johnson and Walter Pincus
Washington Post Staff Writers
Monday, April 21, 2008; A01 [bush white house] [initially NSC level but mostly bureaucratic over time] [doj and federal judiciary] [america’s recurring trouble prosecuting cases against putative jihadis] [may be overreach] [may also be too little law-enforcement emphasis] [an argument that too little retaliation at expense of law enforcement in pre 2001 period] [perhaps now too much the other way?] [followup] [**]
When seven ragtag men in a Miami religious sect were indicted in 2006 for their role in a bizarre plot to blow up the FBI Miami office and Chicago's Sears Tower, then- Attorney General Alberto R. Gonzales said the case represented "a new brand of terrorism" among homegrown gangs that "may prove to be as dangerous as groups like al-Qaeda." [***]

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/20/AR2008042002227.html
Few Clear Wins in U.S. Anti-Terror Cases
Moving Early on Domestic Suspects Often Does Not Bring Convictions
By Carrie Johnson and Walter Pincus
Washington Post Staff Writers
Monday, April 21, 2008; A01 [bush white house] [initially NSC level but mostly bureaucratic over time] [doj and federal judiciary] [america’s recurring trouble prosecuting cases against putative jihadis] [may be overreach] [may also be too little law-enforcement emphasis] [an argument that too little retaliation at expense of law enforcement in pre 2001 period] [perhaps now too much the other way?] [followup] [**]
When seven ragtag men in a Miami religious sect were indicted in 2006 for their role in a bizarre plot to blow up the FBI Miami office and Chicago's Sears Tower, then- Attorney General Alberto R. Gonzales said the case represented "a new brand of terrorism" among homegrown gangs that "may prove to be as dangerous as groups like al-Qaeda." [***]
Justice Department officials used similar rhetoric in a 2003 case against a Tampa-area man and his associates who allegedly supported a reign of terror by a violent Palestinian group. The officials did so again in a 2004 case involving a Dallas charity known as the Holy Land Foundation, which they said provided "blood money" to finance overseas suicide bombings.
But juries in all three cases saw things differently than the government's national security team. [***]In the most recent disappointment for federal prosecutors, a jury last week did not reach a verdict in the Miami case for the second time. In the Holy Land case, one defendant was cleared of the charges and jurors deadlocked on charges against the others. After 12 days of deliberation, jurors in the Tampa case acquitted two men and could not agree on the charges against the main defendant.
The department's domestic terrorism record to date -- no new attacks, but few blockbuster convictions and some high-profile hung juries or acquittals -- has provoked criticism of its early strategy for going after homegrown terrorist cells and the people who fund plots well before deadly events occur.
Jurors appear to be particularly troubled by a controversial element in the Miami case, part of several other early prosecutions, in which FBI informants encouraged others to perform acts they otherwise may not have done.
This week, federal prosecutors in Miami will announce whether they will seek to try the defendants for the third time. The government's incentive to do so is powerful: Two years ago, it intended the case to be a model for intervention against potential terrorists before they acquire the weapons and insight needed to act. [***]
Independent commissions have urged the FBI to become more aggressive at detecting threats and neutralizing them before they explode. But what emerged was an approach where investigators sometimes acted very early, charging conspiracies to commit minor crimes or immigration and tax violations as a way to preempt potential threats, [***] [imperative of preventing something from happening has resulted in rolling up well in advance of evidentiary level] [***] while avoiding the disclosure of sensitive intelligence.
Justice Department officials say they are pleased to have won a few high-profile convictions as well as some little-noticed guilty pleas. Increasingly, authorities say, their current goal is broader than a courtroom victory: It is collecting enough intelligence to eradicate a threat by using informants, wiretaps and other tools to get as clear a picture as possible .
"Our mission is not just to disrupt an isolated plot, but to thoroughly dismantle the entire network that supports it," FBI Director Robert S. Mueller III told an audience this month.
* * *
The Miami case revolved around a part-time contractor who gathered a loose band of men in a rented room in a downscale neighborhood known as Liberty City. [***] The group, distantly affiliated with the Moorish Science Temple religion, talked about Muhammad, Jesus, Confucius and Buddha, and also practiced martial arts. [appeared more mixed-up miscreants than jihadis] [***]
Its leader, Narseal Batiste, told his Yemenese grocer in October 2005 that he wanted to conduct jihad to overthrow the U.S. government. The grocer, an FBI informant who himself had a criminal record, told the bureau. The FBI then employed a second informant, this one an Arab from overseas who depicted himself as a representative of Osama bin Laden. [*****]
Batiste confided, somewhat fantastically, that he wanted to blow up the Sears Tower [***] in Chicago, which would then fall into a nearby prison, freeing Muslim prisoners who would become the core of his Moorish army. With them, he would establish his own country.
The FBI informant, under bureau guidance, refocused Batiste on what he said was bin Laden's plot -- to bomb FBI offices in several U.S. cities. Batiste's group was enlisted by the FBI informant to aid in the attack. [too eager to thwart mega plot when smaller reach may have done] [***] The informant then wrote out what he termed an al-Qaeda oath, and got Batiste to lead his men in taking it -- an act that the government argued was key evidence of their guilt.
After one of the seven left Miami to get away from the group, an internal dispute developed and it fell apart. They were then arrested, charged with conspiracy to commit a terrorist act and placed in prison, where they remain.
Jurors in the case, which ended in a mistrial last week, have not spoken about it publicly. But panel members who deliberated in the first trial told reporters they were skeptical that the defendants were as dangerous as prosecutors asserted.
* * *
Formerly the largest Muslim charity in the United States, the Holy Land Foundation was "funding the works of evil" and encouraging suicide bombings on behalf of Hamas, according to a press conference statement in 2004 by then-Attorney General John D. Ashcroft.
Earlier that morning, authorities had arrested a group of men with ties to the foundation for supporting Hamas, violating laws that bar financial transactions that threaten national security, and money laundering, among 42 counts that could have sent the men to prison for decades.
But the prosecution ended in a mistrial last October, when Dallas jurors could not reach agreement on charges involving two defendants and mostly cleared another of criminal wrongdoing. Jurors have offered contrasting accounts of the problems they faced, but at least one cast doubt on the quality of the evidence. [***]Prosecutors are scheduled to retry the case later this year.
A less-publicized case involves Javed Iqbal, a Brooklyn businessman who provided overseas cable access to clients and data to others, [***]including U.S. government agencies. In August 2006, Iqbal was arrested for conspiring to supply financial support to a terrorist agency. His alleged crime was selling access to Al-Manar, the news and information cable channel run by Hezbollah out of Lebanon. [****]
According to court filings, the case started when a confidential informant told the FBI in February 2006 that Iqbal was selling access to Al-Manar. At the time, it was not illegal, but the next month the Treasury Department added Al-Manar to the list on the grounds that funds it obtained went to Hezbollah, which the United States considers a terrorist group.
In June, the FBI's confidential informant went back to Iqbal's company and again offered to buy the overseas cable service that included Al-Manar. Iqbal told the informant that Al-Manar was temporarily unavailable, but would return. Iqbal also allegedly said he knew the channel was now on the terrorist list, but he expected that to change.
After being arrested for conspiring to violate the law, Iqbal was released on $250,000 bail. In November 2006, he was indicted again, along with a partner, this time on multiple charges of conspiracy to provide support to Hezbollah.
At the time of the arrests, Michael Garcia, the U.S. attorney for the Southern District of New York, said, "As terrorist organizations become more sophisticated, it is critical that we respond using all the law enforcement tools the law provides." They are awaiting trial.
* * *
The Justice Department, U.S. attorneys and the FBI have doggedly pursued individual suspects in these domestic terrorism cases, even when their initial steps are unsuccessful.
In Miami, prosecutors not only sought a retrial after the first hung jury but also went after the one person, Lyglenson Lemorin, whom the jury found not guilty. Instead of turning him loose, they immediately had him detained for possible deportation to his native Haiti on grounds that he had been indicted on a felony charge.
Law enforcement officers say that in deciding when to indict, they weigh whether the targets might flee overseas, whether the cost of surveillance is paying adequate dividends, and whether a group is likely to take actions that could cost human lives.
"There's a risk here that while we're trying to perfect our evidence that something very bad could happen," said Patrick Rowan, acting chief of the Justice Department's National Security Division. "It's certainly the case that there is a value in stopping a plot, even if you aren't 100 percent certain that a conviction is assured."
Robert M. Chesney, a law professor at Wake Forest University who studies the government's terrorism cases, said the picture is complicated. "The bottom line is that they are doing considerably better than is often reported . . . but they certainly aren't doing perfectly and they've had plenty of black eyes along the way," Chesney said.
One senior law enforcement official recently said, "We may have been too aggressive at the beginning." He thinks that early cases, such as the one in Miami, were pushed too hard and that the FBI and U.S. attorneys now understand that getting a full picture of potential threats by groups is as important as making cases. [****]
J. Wells Dixon, a staff attorney for the Center for Constitutional Rights, said the Miami case is among the "few and far between" disappointments in the government's aggressive campaign to attack the sources and funding of possible terrorist groups. These outliers, Dixon said, are not a signal that terrorism cases are too complex for juries but rather a sign that the current system is working.
"If you have 12 jurors who decide that an individual or an organization should not be convicted, I think that suggests these people are in fact not guilty of anything," Dixon said.
Andrew C. McCarthy prosecuted Omar Abdel Rahman, the man known as the blind sheik, for his role in the 1993 World Trade Center bomb plot. McCarthy said that had the first Trade Center bombing, which killed six people, not happened, he still wonders whether the government could have secured convictions of the same defendants on more nebulous charges that they had made "fantastical" plans to blow up the United Nations and the Lincoln Tunnel. [********]
"The argument that the people really are pathetic, hapless, incapable, has more resonance if you strike at an early stage," he said. "In a way, you're undone by your own efficiency. I do think it's harder to be a prosecutor today." [*****]
Staff researcher Julie Tate contributed to this report.
© 2008 The Washington Post Company

The Way Forward in Tibet

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/20/AR2008042001753.html
The Way Forward in Tibet
By Paula J. Dobriansky
Monday, April 21, 2008; A15 [oped] [current undersec of state for democracy and global affairs] [Tibet-PRC tensions] [bush’s “freedom agenda”] [******]
When I meet with the Dalai Lama today, I fully expect him to reaffirm his strong commitment to engaging Chinese officials in dialogue. President Bush has repeatedly expressed his own steadfast support for dialogue between the Dalai Lama and China's leadership. Meaningful dialogue presents the only viable way forward. [***]

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/20/AR2008042001753.html
The Way Forward in Tibet
By Paula J. Dobriansky
Monday, April 21, 2008; A15 [oped] [current undersec of state for democracy and global affairs] [Tibet-PRC tensions] [bush’s “freedom agenda”] [******]
When I meet with the Dalai Lama today, I fully expect him to reaffirm his strong commitment to engaging Chinese officials in dialogue. President Bush has repeatedly expressed his own steadfast support for dialogue between the Dalai Lama and China's leadership. Meaningful dialogue presents the only viable way forward. [***]
In March, demonstrations in Lhasa that began peacefully escalated into violence and quickly spread to other Tibetan areas of China. Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice has expressed deep concern regarding these events, has called on all sides to refrain from violence, and has strongly urged China to exercise restraint in dealing with the protesters and to respect the fundamental right of all people to peacefully express their religious and political views.
Underlying these tragic events is China's long-standing repression of religious, cultural and other freedoms for the Tibetan people, repression that has been extensively documented in State Department human rights reports and elsewhere. [***] [does this reflect my assertion that “democracy” has become an explicit foreign-policy objective rather than implicit only or value?] [***] Since 1949, the cycle of protests followed by crackdowns has repeated itself several times, but the end result has always been the same: Control is restored but only temporarily, while the underlying causes of Tibetan grievances remain unaddressed.
The recent protests are a manifestation of lingering frustration at a lack of progress in addressing Tibetans' concerns. These ethnic clashes have resulted in fatalities of Tibetans and Han Chinese and in widespread arrests. The best way for China's leaders to address Tibetan concerns is to engage in dialogue with the Dalai Lama, who has advocated a "middle way" that embraces autonomy for Tibet within China and rejects seeking independence. The Dalai Lama is the only person with the influence and credibility to persuade Tibetans to eschew violence and accept a genuine autonomy within China that would also preserve Tibetan culture and identity.
The U.S. government believes there is a basis for dialogue between the Dalai Lama and China's leadership. The Dalai Lama has met the preconditions for dialogue called for by China: He does not advocate independence for Tibet; he does not engage in or advocate separatist activities; and he recognizes that Tibet is part of China. [***] The Dalai Lama has publicly come out strongly against the violence that erupted recently in Lhasa and other areas. He even took the extraordinary step of offering his resignation if necessary to convince all parties of his nonviolent approach to reaching resolution. And he has indicated his support for holding the Olympic Games in Beijing. [***]The United States has honored the Dalai Lama as a man of peace and a lifelong advocate of nonviolence by awarding him the Congressional Gold Medal last October.
When the Chinese government uses harsh rhetoric against the Dalai Lama, or steps up "patriotic education campaigns" that include forced denunciations of the Dalai Lama, it serves only to further enflame tensions. Some in China, however, have taken a stand against such tactics. In an unprecedented move, prominent Chinese intellectuals are circulating a petition that calls on the Chinese government to end its "one-sided" propaganda campaign and initiate direct dialogue with the Dalai Lama.
Since 2002, the Dalai Lama's representatives have conducted six rounds of talks with Chinese officials, in a major departure from the previous 20 years of nonengagement. [****] These discussions, while substantive, have not yet produced concrete results. If continued in good faith, this dialogue could build trust and provide the long-term basis for political and economic stability in Tibet. As Secretary Rice has noted, while Beijing has missed opportunities to engage the Dalai Lama directly, there is still hope, [***] and it is not too late to do so.
In addition to engaging in meaningful dialogue, China should immediately cease the repressive measures directed at Tibetans seeking to practice their religion and preserve their cultural identity, and should release those detained for peacefully protesting or expressing their views. Although the Chinese government recently arranged official trips to Lhasa for journalists and diplomats, we continue to call for unfettered access for all media and foreign diplomats into Tibetan areas.
We hope that the current generation of Chinese leaders -- who have shown that they can pursue enlightened economic policies and who aspire to make China a respected global and regional stakeholder -- recognize that the resumption of a serious and direct dialogue with the Dalai Lama offers the best hope [***] [not bloody likely given the response of Han Chinese over Tibet and Olympic protests] [***] for resolving long-standing problems and achieving worthy goals in Tibet.
The writer is U.S. special coordinator for Tibetan issues and undersecretary of state for democracy and global affairs.
© 2008 The Washington Post Company

Ex-Cleric Wins Paraguay Presidency, Ending a Party’s 62-Year Rule

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/21/world/americas/21paraguay.html
April 21, 2008
Ex-Cleric Wins Paraguay Presidency, Ending a Party’s 62-Year Rule
By ALEXEI BARRIONUEVO [Paraguay] [Latin America] [South America] [division between largely pro-US pro West states] [and Venezuela leading the anti-US states] [Ecuador leaning toward Chavez?] [Colombia toward US] [******]
ASUNCIÓN, Paraguay — A former Roman Catholic bishop and self-styled champion of the poor on Sunday broke the 62-year grip on the presidency by the ruling party here, the longest-serving political party in the world.

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/21/world/americas/21paraguay.html
April 21, 2008
Ex-Cleric Wins Paraguay Presidency, Ending a Party’s 62-Year Rule
By ALEXEI BARRIONUEVO [Paraguay] [Latin America] [South America] [division between largely pro-US pro West states] [and Venezuela leading the anti-US states] [Ecuador leaning toward Chavez?] [Colombia toward US] [******]
ASUNCIÓN, Paraguay — A former Roman Catholic bishop and self-styled champion of the poor on Sunday broke the 62-year grip on the presidency by the ruling party here, the longest-serving political party in the world.
The former bishop, Fernando Lugo, who resigned from the church two years ago to run, will be the first Paraguayan president since 1946 not to be from Colorado Party. [****] “Today we’ve written a new chapter in our nation’s political history,” he said in a speech late Sunday, after his opponent, Blanca Ovelar de Duarte, conceded defeat.
With more than 92 percent of the ballots counted, Mr. Lugo, 56, had 41 percent of the vote and Mrs. Ovelar de Duarte, 50, had 31 percent.
No other country has a political party with a longer hold on the presidency than the incumbent, also known as the National Republican Association, not even the Kim family’s Communist dynasty in North Korea. In Mexico, the Institutional Revolutionary Party held the presidency for 71 years before Vicente Fox broke its string of victories in 2000.
Mr. Lugo, a gray-bearded man who exudes natural warmth and often wears sandals, was backed by the Patriotic Alliance for Change, Paraguay’s second-largest party.
Even as the final results were still being tallied, wild street celebrations broke out in downtown Asunción, near the government house. Revelers set off fireworks, waved Paraguayan flags and began dancing in the streets to spontaneous drumming deep into the night. They chanted Mr. Lugo’s campaign slogan, “Lugo has heart.”
Mrs. Ovelar, a former education minister, was the country’s first female presidential candidate and was backed by the president.
More than 65 percent of eligible voters cast ballots, according to the preliminary results. Paraguayans are voting for only the fourth time since the former dictator Alfredo Stroessner was ousted in 1989 [*****]after 35 years in power.
Despite widespread concerns of fraud, a large group of international observers said they were surprised by how calm and respectful voting was. There were isolated reports of attempts to buy votes and sell fake identification cards, but the voting continued without interruption.
“The incidents were very isolated, secondary and marginal,” said Maria Emma Mejía, the head of the Organization of American States’ election mission.
Ms. Mejía also said her group had found no evidence of foreign interference. Mrs. Ovelar and President Nicanor Duarte Frutos had stoked rumors that “invaders” from Venezuela and Ecuador had entered Paraguay intending to destabilize the country if Mr. Lugo lost.
Mr. Lugo tapped into a deep frustration with single-party rule in Paraguay. He accused the Colorado Party of entrenched patronage and corruption, a theme that resonated with voters. Paraguay has struggled since the Stroessner days to rid itself of a reputation for being among the most-corrupt countries in Latin America. [*****]
While certain aspects of the economy have prospered — mainly the agriculture sector — Paraguayans have struggled to see the benefits of export revenues, and 33 percent of the population lives below the poverty line.
In a central campaign theme, Mr. Lugo accused the ruling Colorados of fuzzy accounting for the hundreds of millions of dollars in revenues from the Itaipú hydroelectric dam on the Brazil-Paraguay border, the world’s largest hydroelectric dam. He has pushed to renegotiate contracts with Brazil at prices closer to market rates, a move he said could transform the Paraguayan economy.
While he has sought to reject being labeled, Mr. Lugo has socialist tendencies resembling those of South American leaders elected in the past decade, including Evo Morales of Bolivia and Hugo Chávez of Venezuela. [though I don’t know of particular leanings toward Chavez especially since Chavez’s referendum went down months ago] [***]
Mr. Lugo has talked about reforming the agrarian sector and redistributing wealth to more of Paraguay’s poor. He said in an interview that he might consider increasing export tariffs on agricultural producers.
The rebellion against the Colorado Party seemed almost complete on Sunday when Vice President Luis Castiglioni angrily lashed out against it — his own party — after casting his ballot. He said the party “suffered from a grave infection” and vowed that his splinter party, the Colorado Vanguard Party, would “continue to fight against any type of autocracy” or “authoritarianism.” Mr. Castiglioni lost the party’s nomination to Mrs. Ovelar after the president threw his backing behind her.
Still unclear is whether Mr. Lugo will face problems over his clerical status. Because the Paraguayan Constitution prohibits church officials of any denomination from being elected president, Mr. Lugo resigned from his position in the church in December 2006. The Vatican refused to accept his resignation and considers him only suspended from his clerical duties. [****]He has dismissed concerns about the legalities of his candidacy and said in an interview last week that he was abiding by Paraguayan laws.
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

Ecuador’s Leader Purges Military and Moves to Expel American Base

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/21/world/americas/21ecuador.html
April 21, 2008
Ecuador’s Leader Purges Military and Moves to Expel American Base
By SIMON ROMERO [Ecuador] [Latin America] [South America] [division between largely pro-US pro West states] [and Venezuela leading the anti-US states] [Ecuador leaning toward Chavez?] [Colombia toward US] [******]
MANTA, Ecuador — Chafing at ties between American intelligence agencies and Ecuadorean military officials, President Rafael Correa is purging the armed forces of top commanders and pressing ahead with plans to cast out more than 100 members of the American military [*****] from an air base here in this coastal city.

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/21/world/americas/21ecuador.html
April 21, 2008
Ecuador’s Leader Purges Military and Moves to Expel American Base
By SIMON ROMERO [Ecuador] [Latin America] [South America] [division between largely pro-US pro West states] [and Venezuela leading the anti-US states] [Ecuador leaning toward Chavez?] [Colombia toward US] [******]
MANTA, Ecuador — Chafing at ties between American intelligence agencies and Ecuadorean military officials, President Rafael Correa is purging the armed forces of top commanders and pressing ahead with plans to cast out more than 100 members of the American military [*****] from an air base here in this coastal city.
Mr. Correa — who this month dismissed his defense minister, army chief of intelligence and commanders of the army, air force and joint chiefs — said that Ecuador’s intelligence systems were “totally infiltrated and subjugated to the C.I.A.” [presumably true or partly true] [***] He accused senior military officials of sharing intelligence with Colombia, the Bush administration’s top ally in Latin America.
The dismissals point to a willingness by Mr. Correa, an ally of President Hugo Chávez [****]of Venezuela, to aggressively confront Ecuador’s military, a bastion of political and economic power in this coup-prone country of 14 million people. Mr. Correa’s moves mark a clear break with his predecessors, illustrating his wager that Ecuador’s institutions may finally be resilient enough to carry out such changes after more than a decade of political upheaval.
The gambit also poses a clear challenge to the United States. For nearly a decade, the base here in Manta has been the most prominent American military outpost in South America and an important facet of the United States’ drug-fighting efforts. Some 100 antinarcotics flights leave here each month to survey the Pacific in an elaborate cat-and-mouse game with drug traffickers bound for the United States.
But many Ecuadoreans have chafed at the American presence and the perceived challenge to the country’s sovereignty, and Mr. Correa promised during his campaign in 2006 to close the outpost. [********]
So far Ecuador’s armed forces, arbiters in the ouster of three presidents in the last 11 years, have bent to the will of Mr. Correa, a widely popular left-leaning president [****]who has sought to assert greater state control over Ecuador’s petroleum and mining industries while challenging the authority of political institutions like the country’s Congress.
Still, tensions persist over his clash with top generals, which emerged after Colombian forces raided a Colombian rebel camp in Ecuador last month. The raid against the rebel group, the Marxist-inspired Revolutionary Armed Forces of Colombia, put Ecuador and its ally Venezuela on edge with Colombia. [*****]Twenty-five people were killed, including Franklin Aisalla, an Ecuadorean operative for the group, known as the FARC.
The face-off between Ecuador and Colombia ended at a summit meeting in the Dominican Republic, but it has begun again over revelations that Ecuadorean intelligence officials had been tracking Mr. Aisalla, information that was shared not with the president, but apparently with Colombian forces and their American military advisers.
The leak became evident when video and photo images surfaced in Colombia and Ecuador showing Mr. Aisalla meeting with FARC commanders.
“I, the president of the republic, found out about these operations by reading the newspaper,” a visibly indignant Mr. Correa said last week during an interview in the capital, Quito, with foreign correspondents. “This is not something we can tolerate. He added that he planned to restructure the intelligence agencies to give him greater direct control over them.
In a rebuke of senior military officials, Mr. Correa named as defense minister his personal secretary, Javier Ponce, who was an outspoken critic of the armed forces in his previous careers as a poet and an editorial writer at some of Ecuador’s largest newspapers.
That move and other dismissals stand in contrast to Mr. Correa’s conciliatory policies toward the military after he took office last year, which included salary raises for soldiers; a 25 percent increase in the 2008 military budget, to $920 million; and lucrative highway construction contracts for companies controlled by military officials.
Unlike the armed forces of most other countries in Latin America, Ecuador’s military has retained substantial economic might since a military junta transferred power to a civilian government in the 1970s.
Through holding companies, the armed forces still control TAME, one of Ecuador’s largest airlines, and enterprises in the munitions, shrimp fishing, construction, clothing, flower farming and hydroelectric industries, making the military one of the country’s most powerful economic groups.
Mr. Correa has not challenged these financial interests. But he and his political supporters are moving forward with efforts to shift the military away from its traditional reliance on training and assistance from the United States and toward strengthening ties with the armed forces of other South American countries.
The first indication of his plans to shift the country’s focus was his promise to end the American presence at the Manta base once the United States’ lease expired in 2009.
This month his supporters, in an assembly convened to propose a new constitution, took up the cause, approving a measure that would go a step further and effectively outlaw foreign military bases in Ecuador after the lease expires. Since the American post at Manta is the only foreign military outpost in Ecuador, it was clear the move was a deliberate and very public swipe at the United States, which spent more than $60 million to build the facilities here for Awacs surveillance planes and crew members.
The “forward operating location,” as the American post is called, came into existence in 1999 in a 10-year deal with Ecuador after the Pentagon and Panama’s government failed to agree on the use of Howard Air Force Base in Panama. The agreement, negotiated under extreme economic distress by a Ecuadorean president who was overthrown months later, includes no rent for Ecuador.
Mr. Correa has long been irked by the agreement, but his government’s unease intensified in recent weeks after reports that the Manta base may have been used for support by American military personnel in Colombia’s bombing raid of the FARC camp last month. United States Air Force officials here have denied the reports.
“The only aircraft of ours that was flying at the time of the raid was a Coast Guard four-prop that was a thousand miles over the Pacific,” Lt. Col. Robert Leonard, the ranking United States military officer in Ecuador, said in an interview in Manta, while acknowledging that the Pentagon was already looking at alternatives to the Ecuador base.
Colombia and Peru are the countries most often mentioned as potential new sites for the American surveillance aircraft, which track small planes, speedboats and semisubmersibles 2,000 miles into the Pacific Ocean, but no agreement has been reached.
Meanwhile, the assertions that American intelligence agencies were exerting too much influence in Ecuador have raised concerns among Mr. Correa’s critics in Ecuador that he could take a radical turn like that of Mr. Chávez in Venezuela. Mr. Correa has been relatively moderate in his policies so far during his presidency.
American officials gloss over the tension with Mr. Correa when speaking publicly.
“Such relations are completely transparent via official and appropriate channels, and based on mutual interests,” Arnaldo Arbesú, a spokesman for the United States Embassy in Quito, said of ties between American intelligence officials and their Ecuadorean counterparts.
For now, at least, the last word on the issue may rest with Mr. Ponce, the rumpled poet thrust into the public eye as Mr. Correa’s new defense minister.
In an interview in Quito, Mr. Ponce, 59, mentioned the moderately leftist governments of Brazil and Chile as potential partners for increased military cooperation, subtly suggesting a reluctance to depend heavily on Venezuelan aid, [****]as countries like Bolivia have done. But he was also clear about relying far less on the United States.
“We must get past our legacy of relying too much on military relations with the United States, with President Bush showing little regard for national borders or sovereignty,” Mr. Ponce said. “The risk of remaining too close to such a partner is one of ideological contagion.”
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

Human Wave Flees Violence in Zimbabwe

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/21/world/africa/21zimbabwe.html
April 21, 2008
Human Wave Flees Violence in Zimbabwe
By THE NEW YORK TIMES [Zimbabwe] [south-central Africa, east coast] [former Rhodesia] [white rule and apartheid during colonial days] [since 1970s or so, momentum for majority rule, not unlike neighboring South Africa] [in Zimbabwe’s case, majority rule has meant persecution of white farmers, then persecution of anyone who dares to challenge Mugabe’s authoritarian rule] [over time, Mugabe has become incredibly corrupt, maniacle, insular, perhaps demented] [now virtually all have lost patinence] [ugly time may be soon] [********]
ALONG THE SOUTH AFRICA-ZIMBABWE BORDER — Sarah Ngewerume was driven to the river by despair.

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/21/world/africa/21zimbabwe.html
April 21, 2008
Human Wave Flees Violence in Zimbabwe
By THE NEW YORK TIMES [Zimbabwe] [south-central Africa, east coast] [former Rhodesia] [white rule and apartheid during colonial days] [since 1970s or so, momentum for majority rule, not unlike neighboring South Africa] [in Zimbabwe’s case, majority rule has meant persecution of white farmers, then persecution of anyone who dares to challenge Mugabe’s authoritarian rule] [over time, Mugabe has become incredibly corrupt, maniacle, insular, perhaps demented] [now virtually all have lost patinence] [ugly time may be soon] [********]
ALONG THE SOUTH AFRICA-ZIMBABWE BORDER — Sarah Ngewerume was driven to the river by despair.
She said she had seen gangs loyal to Zimbabwe’s longtime president, Robert Mugabe, beating people — some to death — in the dusty roads of her village. She said Mugabe loyalists were sweeping the countryside with chunks of wood in their hands, demanding to see party identification cards and methodically hunting down opposition supporters.
“It was terrifying,” said Ms. Ngewerume, a 49-year-old former shopkeeper.
Last week she waded across the Limpopo River, bribed a man fixing a border fence on the other side and slipped into a nearby South African farm.
She was among the latest desperate arrivals in what South Africa’s biggest daily newspaper is calling “Mugabe’s Tsunami,” a wave of more than 1,000 people every day who are fleeing Zimbabwe across the Limpopo to escape into South Africa.
When a shallow, glassy river and a few coils of razor wire are the only things separating one of Africa’s most developed countries from one of its most miserable, the inevitable result is millions of illegal border jumpers. But South African and Zimbabwean human rights groups say that the flow of people into South Africa has been surging in the three weeks since Zimbabwe’s disputed election and during the violent crackdown that followed. One Zimbabwean named Washington, who goes back and forth across the border ferrying Super Sure cake flour and Blazing Beef potato snacks, said the government was now using food as a weapon and channeling much of the United Nations-donated grain to supporters of the ruling party.“As we speak,” he said, “people are starving.”
He seemed more defeated than anything else. “People hate the government,” he said. “But they are too scared to fight it.”
Commercials are now running on Zimbabwean TV showing grainy images of captives from the liberation war in the 1970s and reminding citizens not to disobey their leaders, recent arrivals said.
In the past, countless Zimbabwean men escaped to South Africa to drive cabs or work on construction sites and send money home. But these days, many of the Zimbabweans fleeing are women and children willing to take considerable risks to get out for good.
“We were hoping for change and waiting to see what would happen in the election,” said Faithi Mano, one of more than a dozen Zimbabweans interviewed after they had crossed the border last week. “Now, I have decided to quit that place.”
It does not look as if Mr. Mugabe, an 84-year-old liberation hero who has ruled Zimbabwe for 28 years, will leave office without a fight. After early election results from the March 29 vote indicated he was losing to the opposition leader, Morgan Tsvangirai, the election commission put the brakes on announcing results. The presidential results still have not been released, and a recount begun Saturday in 23 Parliament races is now threatening to drag things out further — the opposition has deemed it “illegal.”
If there is a runoff between Mr. Mugabe and Mr. Tsvangirai, many fear it could get even bloodier. Human Rights Watch issued a report on Saturday saying members of Mr. Mugabe’s party were running “torture camps” where they took opposition supporters for nightly beatings.
On Sunday, the leading opposition party, the Movement for Democratic Change, said more than 400 supporters had been arrested, 500 attacked, 10 killed and 3,000 families displaced. The party released a detailed, day-by-day chronicle of violence that listed huts being burned, people getting cracked in the head with bottles and farms being invaded. The party blamed Mugabe supporters and sometimes government soldiers.
The government has denied any wrongdoing and accused opposition leaders of treason. Mr. Tsvangirai has said it is too dangerous for him to stay in Zimbabwe and has been spending time in South Africa.
The border between South Africa and Zimbabwe stretches about 150 miles, and it is headache-hot out here. “Beware of crocodile” signs shimmer in the sun, the grass is yellow and crisp, and at night, the trees churn with clouds of heat-crazed insects.
For the people who make it through, there is a pipeline of sympathy waiting on the other side. Fellow Zimbabweans living in South Africa — often perfect strangers — have taken in border jumpers, giving them a safe house and a warm cup of porridge, and helping them along their way to Messina, about 10 miles south, and then onward to the bigger cities of Johannesburg and Cape Town.
Joyce Dube, director of the Southern African Women’s Institute for Migration Affairs, which tracks the border issue, said the only reason more people were not crossing was the recently beefed-up security on the South African side. “It’s getting tougher to get through,” she said.
South African military helicopters thunder over the Limpopo and soldiers prowl the border roads, searching car trunks for human cargo. Crews of men in red jumpsuits drip with sweat as they fix the fences. But it is a cat-and-mouse game. No sooner have they patched a hole than it is punched through again.
The fence runs for miles, a shining metal snake going up and down the tawny hills. It used to be deadly, electrified by a high-voltage current. That was in the 1980s, when South Africa and newly independent Zimbabwe were practically at war. Back then, many people were going the other way, fleeing South Africa’s repressive apartheid government to escape to Zimbabwe.
At the time, Zimbabwe was one of Africa’s stars. Mr. Mugabe had turned a relatively small, landlocked country into an economic powerhouse that produced beef, grain and tobacco.
“Bob Mugabe was my hero,” said a white Zimbabwean farmer who drove into Messina the other day for supplies. He did not want to give his name because he went on to criticize Mr. Mugabe’s more recent policies and said he was afraid he could be evicted from his farm for doing so. “I know it sounds funny, but it’s true. You have no idea how beautiful Zim was.” Zim is the affectionate nickname for Zimbabwe.
But in the late 1990s, Mr. Mugabe felt he needed to deliver on long-promised land reforms, and Britain, the former colonial ruler, was stalling on paying for them. Mr. Mugabe then encouraged blacks to seize white-owned farms. Whites fled, industrialized agriculture crashed, and today the inflation rate is more than 150,000 percent. Supermarkets often have no food, and 80 percent of the people have no jobs.
The Movement for Democratic Change ran on these woes, and in 2002 it nearly won power, though the elections were marred by violence and intimidation.
This time there was hope that things would be different. Recent arrivals say that a few weeks before the vote, the bullying suddenly seemed to let up — perhaps, some thought, because the ruling party was sure it would win. But when the first results showed Mr. Mugabe losing badly, the government went silent. There were some talks about Mr. Mugabe stepping aside. Then the crackdown began.
Ms. Ngewerume, the escaped former shopkeeper, said opposition supporters in her village in central Zimbabwe became easy targets because they had danced and sung in the streets after early results were tacked up on polling station doors. When the final results did not come, they went into hiding. But the thugs found them anyway, she said.
“I can’t see how Mugabe could win again after all this,” she said.
But, she added, many opposition supporters probably would not take the chance again to cross “the old man,” as Mr. Mugabe is often called.
Ms. Ngewerume was visibly pained just talking politics as she stood under a tree on a farm near the border. “I just want to go there,” she said, stabbing her finger vaguely south, in the direction of Johannesburg. “I’m just struggling to go forward to get something better.”
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

Georgia-Russia Tension Escalates

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/22/world/europe/22georgia.html
April 22, 2008
Georgia-Russia Tension Escalates
By C.J. CHIVERS [Russia] [Georgia] [former USSR] [home to Stalin, Sheverdnadze, et al.] [insurgency in Abkazi region] [proximity to Caucasus and central Asia (stans)] [jihadis reported in Pankizi (spell?) Gorge] [appears to be grassroots uprising] [followup] [relatively moderate and pro-U.S. govt in trouble and cracking down as a result] [at least nominal evidence that Russia has helped stir up discontent with the pro-west govt] [followup from last November when Russia close last base] [****]
MOSCOW —Georgia accused Russia on Monday of violating its airspace and using a MiG fighter jet to shoot down an unmanned Georgian reconnaissance drone over the separatist territory of Abkhazia [****] on Sunday. [in March, apparently Russia flew bombers into Georgia airspace and bombed something] [***]

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/22/world/europe/22georgia.html
April 22, 2008
Georgia-Russia Tension Escalates
By C.J. CHIVERS [Russia] [Georgia] [former USSR] [home to Stalin, Sheverdnadze, et al.] [insurgency in Abkazi region] [proximity to Caucasus and central Asia (stans)] [jihadis reported in Pankizi (spell?) Gorge] [appears to be grassroots uprising] [followup] [relatively moderate and pro-U.S. govt in trouble and cracking down as a result] [at least nominal evidence that Russia has helped stir up discontent with the pro-west govt] [followup from last November when Russia close last base] [****]
MOSCOW —Georgia accused Russia on Monday of violating its airspace and using a MiG fighter jet to shoot down an unmanned Georgian reconnaissance drone over the separatist territory of Abkhazia [****] on Sunday. [in March, apparently Russia flew bombers into Georgia airspace and bombed something] [***]
Russia’s Air Force denied the Georgian claim, saying that none of its military planes flew in or near southwestern Russia on Sunday and that its pilots were not working that day.
But Georgia released what is said was the video recording of the final live feed received from the unarmed reconnaissance aircraft before it was struck by an air-to-air missile and crashed at 9:55 a.m. Sunday.
Buoyed with what it called clear evidence, Georgia countered with a diplomatic and public relations offensive. President Mikheil Saakashvili appeared on national television and said he had spoken with President Vladimir V. Putin of Russia and demanded an end to what he called “unprovoked aggression against the sovereign territory of Georgia.” [****]
In a telephone interview Monday night, Mr. Saakashvili said he spoke with Mr. Putin for about 40 minutes. He said that Mr. Putin neither confirmed nor denied the attack, and that the two presidents disagreed sharply about the status of Abkhazia and South Ossetia, two separatists enclaves in Georgia that receive intensive political and diplomatic Russian support. [*****]
Last week, Mr. Putin issued a decree expanding relations between Russia and the enclaves, including direct contacts with Russia’s ministries and pledges of economic and agricultural aid. [****]Georgia called the decree a formal step in “a creeping annexation.”
The footage released Monday seemed certain to intensify the dispute. It shows the clear silhouette of a twin-tailed fighter aircraft, which the Georgians claimed was a MiG-29 fighter jet, bank into view beneath the drone and fire a missile toward the camera. [**]
The missile streaks swiftly toward the lens, leaving a long smoke trail as it advances and grows in size. The footage stops. Black-and-white static fills the screen.
Neither the Georgian air force nor the tiny contingent of Abkhaz planes in the separatist territory have MiG-29s. The only air force with MiG-29s that could have been in the area, Georgian officials said, was Russia’s.
Mr. Saakashvili said the evidence was irrefutable. “It’s on the video,” he said. “It’s a Russian plane.”
The dispute marked the latest claim by Georgia that Russia has made illegal military incursions into Georgian airspace. Last year, Georgia accused Russia of two mysterious attacks — a coordinated helicopter and ground-to-ground rocket attack in the Kodori Gorge in March, [*****] and an attack from a Russian jet with an air-to-ground missile in August.
Mr. Saakasvili also said that Russia has secretly expanded military aid to Abhkazia, including staging aircraft inside its borders and assigning trainers to Abhkaz ground units.[***] He said a special Georgian unit had killed two Russian colonels last year who accompanied an Abkhaz reconnaissance patrol deep into Georgian territory.
Each incident, Georgia has said, was further evidence that Russia has sided militarily with separatists it already supports politically in South Ossetia and Abkhazia, which achieved de facto independence after brief wars against Georgia in the 1990s.
The attacks, Georgia has said, show that Russia is not neutral and should be grounds to nullify Russia’s role as a peacekeeper in the region, which it has had since the official cease-fire in 1993. Russia has repeatedly denied the Georgian claims, even when confronted with pieces of the broken rockets and missiles with Russian-language markings.
After the incident last August, Russia accused Georgia of staging a fake attack, or of attacking itself. [*****]Georgia countered that it had digital radar evidence of a plane entering from Russia, flying to the area of the attack and then returning to Russia.
Georgia had initially denied Abkhaz reports on Sunday that it lost a drone. But on Monday it changed its story, saying it had dispatched an unarmed drone to observe Abkhaz troop buildups in Gali, a district on the Black Sea near the internal administrative border between Georgian and Abkhaz forces.
Mr. Saakashvili said Georgia has about 40 reconnaissance drones, which it purchased from Israel and has distributed between its police and military commands. “It is a very handy thing in a mountainous country,” [****] [interesting: purchasing drones from Israel] [***] he said. The lost drone, he said, belonged to the Interior Ministry.
The Russian Air Force command did not dispute that a Georgian drone had been downed by an air-to-air missile. But it said an Abkhaz L-39 training plane had flown the mission, not a Russian Mig-29.
The fighter plane seen in the Georgian video did not resemble an L-39, which has a distinctive silhouette, including a single tail. The video could not be immediately verified independently. No markings were visible on the attacking plane.
Georgian officials said they were fortunate to capture the fighter plane on camera, and only did so because a first missile fired by the plane missed the drone, which has a small engine that they said made it a difficult target for a heat-seeking missile.
The pilot apparently decided to approach closer for a second shot, they said, and flew near enough for the plane to be filmed by the drone before it was destroyed. [*****]
Shota Utiashvili, a senior official in Georgia’s Interior Ministry, said radar data also showed that the Russian plane had flown from Gudauta, a former Soviet air force base inside Abkhazia, which is within Georgia’s internationally recognized borders.
Basing Russian attack aircraft in Abkhazia would be illegal and a violation of the terms of peacekeeping in the region, [***]he said.
Georgian officials said the footage had been shared with foreign embassies in Tbilisi, the Georgian capital; the embassies made no public comment. Mr. Saakashvili said Georgia would bring the attack up with the United Nations.
The attack, he said, was hardly the first, “but this time we have video evidence.”
The incident occurred only days after several Western countries, including the United States, criticized Russia’s announcent that it would expand its support for the breakaway regions.
“We are very concerned at the steps that have been taken and we have made our views known to the Russian Government,” Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice said last week, before the latest incident. [****]
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

U.S. General Sees Afghans Gains in 3 Years

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/21/world/asia/21afghan.html
April 21, 2008
U.S. General Sees Afghans Gains in 3 Years
By CARLOTTA GALL [Afghanistan] [hydra] [Pakistan became the clear staging area for operations into Afghanistan during 2007] [AfPak] [tactics previously unseen in Afghanistan appeared as the insurgency ramped up] [the winter lull is upon the region?] [followup] [additional indications that spring offensive is on: Taliban getting bolder in their stronghold] [a general making such a claim is not especially stunning] [****]
KABUL, Afghanistan — The Afghan Army and police forces should be able to secure most of Afghanistan by 2011, allowing international forces to start withdrawing, the American commander of the NATO-led force in Afghanistan, Gen. Dan K. McNeill, said Sunday.

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/21/world/asia/21afghan.html
April 21, 2008
U.S. General Sees Afghans Gains in 3 Years
By CARLOTTA GALL [Afghanistan] [hydra] [Pakistan became the clear staging area for operations into Afghanistan during 2007] [AfPak] [tactics previously unseen in Afghanistan appeared as the insurgency ramped up] [the winter lull is upon the region?] [followup] [additional indications that spring offensive is on: Taliban getting bolder in their stronghold] [a general making such a claim is not especially stunning] [****]
KABUL, Afghanistan — The Afghan Army and police forces should be able to secure most of Afghanistan by 2011, allowing international forces to start withdrawing, the American commander of the NATO-led force in Afghanistan, Gen. Dan K. McNeill, said Sunday.
“By about 2011 there is going to be some pretty good capacity in the Afghan National Army,” [****]he said in an interview in the Kabul headquarters of the International Security Assistance Force.
“It will take them a few more years to get their air transport and air support platforms online, but they should be covering a lot of battle space by some time in 2011, in my view,” he said.
By then, barring any cataclysm, the countries contributing troops to the international force could look at whether such a large international force was still desirable, [***]General McNeill said. “I think you begin to get to a juncture and say, ‘Probably not, maybe we should be starting to change the way this force works,’ ” he said.
The issue has been important to the discussion within NATO about its mission in Afghanistan. Some members of NATO, which has taken over much of the security for the country, have been reluctant to send troops, or to allow their troops to operate in areas where the insurgency is active.
General McNeill said that the United Nations-mandated force, which includes 47,000 troops from 40 countries, would be better named the Interim Security Assistance Force, in recognition of its temporary role until Afghan forces can take over. [****]
The general, who will complete his second tour in Afghanistan this summer — he commanded American forces from 2002 to 2003 — said that Afghan forces had already effectively been managing the security for Kabul, the capital, for the last year, albeit with NATO support. He also expressed confidence that the Afghans would be able to secure the country well enough for the country to hold presidential elections in September 2009.
“Tactically, on the battlefield, the insurgents did not have a very good year last year,” he said. “The so-called toe-to-toe fights will probably be less common — smaller skirmishes — but the technique of choice for the insurgent will be the improvised explosive device and the suicide bomber.” [his conclusion is at best arguable] [*****]
He said he had seen intelligence reports that more foreign fighters had been arriving recently in the tribal areas of Pakistan that border Afghanistan, where Pakistani and Afghan members of the Taliban and Al Qaeda continue to find sanctuary. “The reports are they are increasing,” he said.
“It quite possibly could mean, in the areas that are adjacent to the border, a more active spring or summer than we should have had,” he said.
“If there are sanctuaries for the extremists, for the miscreants, for the insurgents, that remain just out of reach of security forces, then it becomes a difficult problem and it makes achieving long-term security and stability within Afghanistan awfully hard to reach,” he said.
The long-term stability of Afghanistan also depends on the good will and help of all its neighbors, not just Pakistan, he said. “All neighbors have to be helpful, and there are quite a few neighbors around here,” he said.
NATO forces must improve their training to avoid roadside bombs, which have increased significantly in recent months, he said. But he said that the Afghan forces were the best protection against suicide bombers, since the bombers were usually strangers, and Afghans were likely to spot strangers much more quickly than foreign soldiers could.
Development of a national police force is critical to success in countering the insurgency, he said, adding that despite generous support from the United States Congress for police training, “The rate of progress is not fast enough for any of us.” [*****]
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

Civilians Suffer in Sadr City’s Daily Gun Battles

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/21/world/middleeast/21sadr.html
April 21, 2008
Civilians Suffer in Sadr City’s Daily Gun Battles
By MICHAEL R. GORDON [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [bush administration’s “surge option” or “new way forward” underway] [some positive indicators of improvement] [nevertheless, violence while surge unfolds] [pentagon’s recent status report—pretty awful but also predictable] [followup] [“surge” continues amid mixed indicators] [a recent pickup in suicide bombers and other violence] [post 5-year anniversary of invasion] [post April Patraeus-Crocker report] [********]
BAGHDAD — Ayman, bleeding profusely from his arm, was rushed to Company B’s stronghold in Sadr City late Sunday afternoon.

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/21/world/middleeast/21sadr.html
April 21, 2008
Civilians Suffer in Sadr City’s Daily Gun Battles
By MICHAEL R. GORDON [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [bush administration’s “surge option” or “new way forward” underway] [some positive indicators of improvement] [nevertheless, violence while surge unfolds] [pentagon’s recent status report—pretty awful but also predictable] [followup] [“surge” continues amid mixed indicators] [a recent pickup in suicide bombers and other violence] [post 5-year anniversary of invasion] [post April Patraeus-Crocker report] [********]
BAGHDAD — Ayman, bleeding profusely from his arm, was rushed to Company B’s stronghold in Sadr City late Sunday afternoon.
A bullet had carved a bloody groove near his left elbow as he was going to fetch some bread from a market.
Seven children had been struck by a burst of gunfire from militia fighters who have been roaming through the streets near the American positions, his distraught father said.
But Ayman, 11, was one of the lucky ones. Four of the children, his father said, were dead.
With no functioning police force and the streets a battle zone, it could not be determined if the children had been caught in cross-fire or had been deliberately shot at by militia fighters, as Ayman’s father suggested.
The militias have concentrated their fire on Iraqi and American forces and generally avoided shooting at civilians, whom they have sought to use as their power base. But as the fighting has intensified, civilian casualties have increased.
Sgt. Kevin Stine, the senior medic for the company, which is part of the First Battalion, 14th Infantry Regiment, cleaned and bandaged the boy’s wound before telling the father to take him to a hospital for further treatment.
Capt. Logan Veath, the company commander, tried to give the boy a packet of M&Ms, but Ayman turned it down. He wanted a soccer ball. The medic rummaged through the Stryker vehicle until he found one.
In a neighborhood in which gun battles are a daily occurrence, Sunday was just another day. A threat by the cleric Moktada al-Sadr to wage “open war” on the Iraqi government unless it promised not to crack down on his followers heightened tensions. But fighting has raged through this impoverished section of Sadr City for almost a month.
At Company B’s headquarters, the sounds of battle were close at hand. A team of heavily armored American “route clearance” vehicles that was searching for roadside bombs struck two on a nearby street and was then attacked by militia fighters equipped with small arms and rocket-propelled grenades. None of the Americans were killed or seriously wounded, but one of the vehicles had to be towed away.
Militant fighters attacked an Iraqi police station on the same street, prompting an appeal for Iraqi T-72 tanks. Two rockets whooshed as they were fired into the Green Zone. A large mortar blast and other mysterious explosions resounded through the neighborhood.
Company B’s medics were kept busy through the day. Two Iraqi soldiers were brought in the morning after being wounded by the backblast of one of their own rocket-propelled grenades. A third was wounded by a round from an M-16, a weapon recently provided to Iraqi troops.
An hour after the medics treated Ayman, the violence crept closer to Company B’s base. A militia fighter heaved a grenade over the wall into the parking area for the Strykers. The explosion reverberated through the structure, raising a cloud of dust but causing no casualties.
“There were a few rounds, like there is all the time, and then an explosion,” said Staff Sgt. Austin Boots, with the company’s Second Platoon. “You could see the smoke billowing up right in a corner of the compound.”
The platoon ran into the street, only to find that the assailants had vanished.
Civilians who witnessed the episode described how two men had sneaked into an alley. While one threw the grenade, the other one, armed with a pistol, approached a group of people who live nearby.
According to an American military interpreter who spoke to them afterward, the assailant’s warning was direct.
“You did not hear anything,” he told them. “If you talk to coalition forces, we will kill you.”
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

In Baghdad, Rice Praises Iraqi Government Progress

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/21/world/worldspecial/21iraq.html
April 21, 2008
In Baghdad, Rice Praises Iraqi Government Progress
By ERICA GOODE [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [bush administration’s “surge option” or “new way forward” underway] [some positive indicators of improvement] [nevertheless, violence while surge unfolds] [pentagon’s recent status report—pretty awful but also predictable] [followup] [“surge” continues amid mixed indicators] [a recent pickup in suicide bombers and other violence] [post 5-year anniversary of invasion] [post April Patraeus-Crocker report] [Rice on her way to Gulf meeting in Bahrain—hardly a surprise visit] [nor is the claim of political reconciliation surprising whether or not real] [********]
BAGHDAD — Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice, making an unannounced stop in Baghdad on Sunday, praised the Iraqi government’s decision to take on Shiite militia members in Basra and in Baghdad and painted an upbeat picture of the Iraqi government’s progress toward unifying the country.

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/21/world/worldspecial/21iraq.html
April 21, 2008
In Baghdad, Rice Praises Iraqi Government Progress
By ERICA GOODE [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [bush administration’s “surge option” or “new way forward” underway] [some positive indicators of improvement] [nevertheless, violence while surge unfolds] [pentagon’s recent status report—pretty awful but also predictable] [followup] [“surge” continues amid mixed indicators] [a recent pickup in suicide bombers and other violence] [post 5-year anniversary of invasion] [post April Patraeus-Crocker report] [Rice on her way to Gulf meeting in Bahrain—hardly a surprise visit] [nor is the claim of political reconciliation surprising whether or not real] [********]
BAGHDAD — Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice, making an unannounced stop in Baghdad on Sunday, praised the Iraqi government’s decision to take on Shiite militia members in Basra and in Baghdad and painted an upbeat picture of the Iraqi government’s progress toward unifying the country.
Ms. Rice, who visited the Iraqi capital on her way to a conference in Kuwait of Iraq’s neighbors, said that Prime Minister Nuri Kamal al-Maliki’s government “has made a choice to pursue militias and is willing to bear the consequences.”
Conceding that it had been “a long five years,” Ms. Rice said that Iraq had made “significant progress, remarkable progress,” however fragile, and she quoted President Jalal Talabani, who had said that the country was experiencing “a political spring.”
As rockets and mortars crashed into the fortified Green Zone, Ms. Rice met with Mr. Maliki, Mr. Talabani and other government leaders, then spoke briefly at the United States Embassy and dedicated a plaque there to commemorate two embassy employees killed in rocket attacks on the zone.
“Iraqi leaders believe that they have made some tough choices and some tough decisions,” Ms. Rice said at a news conference after her remarks at the embassy, “and they want that acknowledged and they want to move forward with their Arab neighbors.”
She played down recent violence in various parts of Iraq, saying that there would be days when “extremists manage, despite the fact they clearly are weakened,” to conduct suicide bombings and other attacks. But she said that some of the violence had been a byproduct of the Iraqi government’s “very good decision” to try to wrest the southern port city of Basra from the control of Shiite militias. Two suicide bombings in three days last week killed at least 80 people in Diyala Province, north of Baghdad.
Ms. Rice said that she was not sure how to interpret a statement on Saturday by the Shiite cleric Moktada al-Sadr, whose Mahdi Army fighters have been battling Iraqi and American forces in Sadr City and in Basra, that he would declare “war until liberation” if the fighting against his militia forces continued.
“I don’t know whether to take him seriously or not,” she said.
But she said that American and Iraqi forces were not trying to block the Sadrist movement from Iraq’s political process. “I didn’t hear anybody say” that the Sadrists “shouldn’t try again to get the votes of the Iraqi people, as long as they are not armed,” Ms. Rice said.
Iraq’s national security council issued a statement this month saying that all political parties must disband their militias if they wished to run in provincial elections scheduled for October.
Some political analysts have said that what underlies the Iraqi government’s move against the Mahdi Army is a rivalry between two armed Shiite political groups, Mr. Sadr’s fighters and the Badrists. The Badrists are the armed wing of the Islamic Supreme Council of Iraq, a large Shiite political bloc that supports Mr. Maliki. Many members of the Badr Organization joined the government’s security forces early in the Iraq conflict, and have been battling the Sadr-led forces.
But Ambassador Ryan C. Crocker, who joined Ms. Rice at the news conference, drew a distinction between Mr. Sadr’s supporters and the Badr group. “The Badr Organization made the choice a while back that they were going to step away from a militia identity and move into politics,” Mr. Crocker said. “That’s the choice now in front of the Sadr movement.”
Mr. Crocker cast the Iraqi government’s initiative in Basra and Baghdad as “a defining event,” and said that it represented “the state asserting itself against those who would attack the state.”
He said that he believed that popular support for Mr. Sadr had waned since 2004, as the government had grown stronger, and that “the Iraqi people are saying, ‘We don’t want this anymore.’ ”
Mr. Sadr on Sunday criticized Ms. Rice’s visit and issued a sharp protest against the killing of militia members by Iraqi and American forces in Nasiriya, just northwest of Basra. The American military said that 40 militia members were killed on Saturday and 40 others were arrested in the confrontation between the militia fighters and 300 Iraqi troops, advised by American special operations forces.
But Abdul Hussain al-Safi, Nasiriya’s police chief, said that 23 militia members had been killed and 44 wounded in the clash. Local officials on Sunday lifted a curfew that had been imposed on the city Friday night.
In Diyala Province on Sunday, three people were kidnapped in Muqdadiya, and two others were killed, including a police officer, when a homemade bomb exploded in Khalis, northwest of Baquba.
And as Ms. Rice spoke in the Green Zone, heavy clashes continued between Mahdi Army members and American and Iraqi forces in parts of the Sadr City neighborhood of Baghdad. American military officials have said that their efforts in the sprawling Shiite enclave are limited to preventing militia fighters from firing rockets and mortars at the Green Zone.
Officials from two hospitals in Sadr City said that they had received the bodies of at least 22 people, including 4 children and 2 women, killed when a mortar shell exploded, and that at least 20 people had been wounded.
Mudhafer al-Husaini and Ali Hameed contributed reporting from Baghdad, and Iraqi employees of The New York Times from Baghdad, Diyala Province and Nasiriya.
Mudhafer al-Husaini and Ali Hameed contributed reporting from Baghdad, and Iraqi employees of The New York Times from Baghdad, Diyala Province and Nasiriya.
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

Rice Praises 'Coalescing Center' in Iraqi Politics

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/20/AR2008042000314.html
Rice Praises 'Coalescing Center' in Iraqi Politics
By Karen DeYoung and Ernesto Londoño
Washington Post Staff Writers
Monday, April 21, 2008; A12 [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [bush administration’s “surge option” or “new way forward” underway] [some positive indicators of improvement] [nevertheless, violence while surge unfolds] [pentagon’s recent status report—pretty awful but also predictable] [followup] [“surge” continues amid mixed indicators] [a recent pickup in suicide bombers and other violence] [post 5-year anniversary of invasion] [post April Patraeus-Crocker report] [Rice on her way to Gulf meeting in Bahrain—hardly a surprise visit] [nor is the claim of political reconciliation surprising whether or not real] [********]
BAGHDAD, April 20 -- Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice made an unannounced visit here Sunday to promote what she called the "coalescing center" of Iraqi politics around the government of Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki.

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/20/AR2008042000314.html
Rice Praises 'Coalescing Center' in Iraqi Politics
By Karen DeYoung and Ernesto Londoño
Washington Post Staff Writers
Monday, April 21, 2008; A12 [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [bush administration’s “surge option” or “new way forward” underway] [some positive indicators of improvement] [nevertheless, violence while surge unfolds] [pentagon’s recent status report—pretty awful but also predictable] [followup] [“surge” continues amid mixed indicators] [a recent pickup in suicide bombers and other violence] [post 5-year anniversary of invasion] [post April Patraeus-Crocker report] [Rice on her way to Gulf meeting in Bahrain—hardly a surprise visit] [nor is the claim of political reconciliation surprising whether or not real] [********]
BAGHDAD, April 20 -- Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice made an unannounced visit here Sunday to promote what she called the "coalescing center" of Iraqi politics around the government of Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki.
The visit followed a night of intense fighting in the Sadr City neighborhood of Baghdad after radical Shiite cleric Moqtada al-Sadr on Saturday threatened to wage a full-scale war against the U.S.-backed Iraqi government.
The fighting continued during Rice's visit. A ceremony at which she unveiled a plaque commemorating civilian deaths in the Green Zone was briefly delayed by a "duck and cover" alert, one of several during her six-hour visit to the fortified compound housing the U.S. Embassy and much of the Iraqi government.
The first of three rocket attacks occurred while she was meeting with Maliki at his office. In the second attack, as she returned to the Green Zone from a meeting with Iraqi President Jalal Talabani, a rocket struck in an area between the embassy and the main U.S. dining facility. A U.S. official said two people were injured.
The third attack came as Rice was completing a tour of the tactical operations center in the embassy on her way to the ceremony. Those waiting for her to appear took shelter in hallways until the all-clear was sounded, while Rice stayed in the operations center and watched tracking screens indicating the rocket's launch site in Sadr City and its trajectory.
The Green Zone has come under steady bombardment from Sadr City, home to Sadr's Mahdi Army militia, since U.S. and Iraqi troops began moving into the area several weeks ago.
Abu Zainad, a spokesman for Sadr in Sadr City, said U.S. helicopters hovered over the area all night. In recent weeks, U.S. forces have been dropping Hellfire missiles and low-yield bombs in eastern Baghdad targeting fighters firing rockets.
Few helicopters were flying Sunday, however, as dust hung over the city. U.S. air operations have been sporadically hindered over the past week as severe dust storms have swept through the area. Visibility was so poor during Rice's visit that security officials cancelled plans to fly into the city from a U.S. military airfield and instead made the trip by road convoy.
Responding to Sadr's threat, Rice said: "I don't know whether to take him seriously or not." She noted that Sadr has taken up residence in Iran, while "his followers can go to their deaths" in Iraq.
Repeating what she and several Bush administration officials have said in recent weeks, Rice said she recognized that the "Sadr trend" is a political movement as well as a militia. The administration is hoping that military pressure will quell militia actions and persuade nonviolent Sadrists to participate in provincial elections scheduled for October.
"Any Iraqi who's willing to lay down their arms and come into the political process and contest in the arena is welcome to do so," she said. "That would include the Sadrist trend."
The fighting in Sadr City began after a crackdown in late March by Iraqi security forces against what Maliki called militia "outlaws and criminals" in the southern city of Basra. Anger over the situation in Basra led to an eruption of fighting in Sadr City. Iraqi and U.S. forces have erected walls to close off the southern end of the enclave where most of the rockets are launched.
"The prime minister, the Iraqi government and the broad political leadership, since the Basra and Baghdad events that began last month, have been unified in their view that the time has come for an end to militia presence," said Ryan C. Crocker, the U.S. ambassador to Iraq, who accompanied Rice. "We heard that again today from the whole leadership spectrum."
"How this will proceed, I can't predict," he said. "The Iraqis are in the lead on this."
Rice told reporters aboard her aircraft last night that "we've seen the coalescing of a center" in Iraqi politics. "The Sunni leadership, the Kurdish leadership and elements of the Shia are working together better than at any time," she said.
Both Maliki and Talabani said they agreed with her. Talabani, a Kurd, told reporters after their meeting that "we are living in the Iraqi political spring."
Rice said the crackdown will be accompanied by a $350 million Iraqi government aid package concentrated in Basra and Sadr City.
"I think they understand . . . that when the government reestablishes control, they need to reach out with reconstruction assistance, economic assistance to their own people," Rice said. Such aid, she added, is "classic counterinsurgency."
Rice detoured to Baghdad on her way to meetings with regional governments in Bahrain and Kuwait, where she hopes to press Iraq's Arab neighbors to increase diplomatic and economic support for Iraq.
© 2008 The Washington Post Company

U.S. and Iran Find Common Ground in Iraq’s Shiite Conflict

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/21/world/middleeast/21shiite.html
April 21, 2008
News Analysis
U.S. and Iran Find Common Ground in Iraq’s Shiite Conflict
By JAMES GLANZ and ALISSA J. RUBIN [Iran] [domestic factions] [different approaches to –iraq Shi’ia] [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [bush administration’s “surge option” or “new way forward” underway] [some positive indicators of improvement] [nevertheless, violence while surge unfolds] [pentagon’s recent status report—pretty awful but also predictable] [bush white house] [NSC principals] [factionalism in bush administration] [archive in govt too] [******]
BAGHDAD — In the Iraqi government’s fight to subdue the Shiite militia of Moktada al-Sadr in the southern city of Basra, perhaps nothing reveals the complexities of the Iraq conflict more starkly than this: Iran and the United States find themselves on the same side. [safe to assume Iran desires measured chaos in –iraq] [it’s neither in Iran’s broad interests (excluding what particular faction may wish) nor America’s for uncontrolled chaos] [minimally, the US and Iran have that in common] [not much else] [***]

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/21/world/middleeast/21shiite.html
April 21, 2008
News Analysis
U.S. and Iran Find Common Ground in Iraq’s Shiite Conflict
By JAMES GLANZ and ALISSA J. RUBIN [Iran] [domestic factions] [different approaches to –iraq Shi’ia] [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [bush administration’s “surge option” or “new way forward” underway] [some positive indicators of improvement] [nevertheless, violence while surge unfolds] [pentagon’s recent status report—pretty awful but also predictable] [bush white house] [NSC principals] [factionalism in bush administration] [archive in govt too] [******]
BAGHDAD — In the Iraqi government’s fight to subdue the Shiite militia of Moktada al-Sadr in the southern city of Basra, perhaps nothing reveals the complexities of the Iraq conflict more starkly than this: Iran and the United States find themselves on the same side. [safe to assume Iran desires measured chaos in –iraq] [it’s neither in Iran’s broad interests (excluding what particular faction may wish) nor America’s for uncontrolled chaos] [minimally, the US and Iran have that in common] [not much else] [***]
The causes of this convergence boil down to the logic of self-interest, although it is logic in a place where even the most basic reasoning refuses to go in a straight line. In essence, though, the calculation by the United States is that it must back the government it helped to create and take the steps needed to protect American troops and civilian officials. [***] [I would think some in Iran would like to see the U.S. continued to be pinned down in –iraq but without frustration yielding unpredictable lashing out in next before or after January 2009] [*****]
Iranian motivations appear to hinge on the possibility that Mr. Sadr’s political and military followers could gain power in provincial elections this fall, and disrupt the creation of a semiautonomous region in the south that the Iranians see as beneficial. [****]
The American-Iranian convergence is all the more remarkable because of mutual animosity. The United States says that Iran has backed thousands of attacks on American troops in Iraq, bitterly opposes its nuclear program and has not ruled out bombing Iran if Iranian policies do not change. Meanwhile, at the level of senior officials at least, Iran takes quite seriously its depiction of the United States as the planet’s Great Satan. [****] [I suspect that’s only certain factions versus others]
But the two sides are making nice on the issue of fighting Mr. Sadr, one of Iraq’s most powerful Shiite clerics. As Iraqi government soldiers took control of the last areas of Basra from Mr. Sadr’s militia on Saturday, concluding a monthlong effort, Iran’s ambassador to Iraq, Hassan Kazemi Qumi, took the unusual step of expressing strong support for the government’s position and described Mr. Sadr’s fighters as outlaws.
When it comes to which Shiite leader Iran and the United States want to see in power, at least for now they largely see Mr. Sadr’s ascendance as a common threat — nowhere more so than in Basra, the oil-rich capital of Iraq’s most populous region, the Shiite south.
Although there are many groups in Iraq — Shiite and Sunni, Turkmen and Kurd — it is a majority Shiite country, and in the end the geopolitical calculus of the United States and Iran has to do with what kind of Shiite government they want in control. [****]
The party that Iran and the United States are backing, the Islamic Supreme Council of Iraq, is a bitter rival of Mr. Sadr’s political movement and has managed to play to the interests of both countries. Under Iraq’s Constitution, provinces can form regions with considerable independence from Baghdad. The Supreme Council advocates a large, semiautonomous region in the south, similar to Kurdistan in the north, made up of the nine southern provinces. And because many of the council’s leaders lived in exile in Iran during the rule of Saddam Hussein, Iran has political ties to the group.
Coupled with Iran’s shared Shiite heritage, such a region would amplify Iran’s influence over the oil-rich area.
The American backing of the Supreme Council comes in part because the armed wing of the council, the Badr Organization, has never confronted American troops. As one American general said, “They aren’t trying to kill us.” The same cannot be said of Mr. Sadr’s militia, the Mahdi Army, which the United States believes is behind some of the most sophisticated and deadly attacks on American troops.
Second, the Americans have treated the Supreme Council as an ally from the beginning of the fight against Mr. Hussein. Its members were guaranteed safe passage when they returned from Iran and were made charter members of Iraq’s first governing body after the American-led invasion toppled Mr. Hussein’s regime. Since then, the United States has backed the Iraqi government, which in turn relies on the Supreme Council to stay in power in the country’s parliamentary system.
But this position could have damaging unintended consequences. It could push the United States further into the vortex of an intra-Shiite political struggle and could lead to the creation of a large, Iranian-influenced region in southern Iraq.
For the Iraqis, the battle is in part a political one over how the balance of power would change province-by-province and ward-by-ward in coming elections. The prize is control of provincial councils that have significant budgets, jobs and local power.
During the elections in 2005, Mr. Sadr’s supporters did not vote in most southern provinces, so despite having grass-roots support they were not represented in local governments.
But the Supreme Council encouraged its followers to go to the polls, and they dominated even in places where their supporters made up a comparatively small percentage of the electorate. If Mr. Sadr’s movement participates in the next elections, scheduled for October, they are sure to fare better than they did when they did not field candidates, and the Supreme Council is likely to lose some of its power.
For instance, in Qadisiya Province, the Sadr movement fielded few candidates and did not vote in great numbers; the Supreme Council was able to dominate the provincial council and control the governorship.
In contrast, just to the southeast, in Maysan Province, where the Sadr bloc did participate, it won the largest number of seats and controls the governorship.
The fight in Basra and elsewhere in the south, which appears to have weakened the Sadr movement, [***] [I think it’s too early to conclude] [it also appears to have weakened al Maliki’s Dawa] [***] is also a way to make it more difficult for the organization to use its militia to coerce voters and intimidate political rivals. In turn, that puts the Supreme Council in a better political position to retain power because its armed wing is well entrenched, having held positions in the police and army for years.
But the political calculus that has landed the Americans and Iranians on the same side of the Shiite conflict in southern Iraq breaks down in the capital. The foremost example is Sadr City, the dusty, impoverished enclave of more than two million Shiites in northeastern Baghdad where Mr. Sadr has his base of power.
There, Iraqi and American forces are trying to oust essentially the same Mahdi fighters who were stalking the streets in Basra. And the stakes for the Americans are even higher, because the Mahdi Army has been using parts of Sadr City and its surroundings as a launching pad for rockets aimed at American and Iraqi government offices in the Green Zone.
But there is at least one crucial difference from Basra: in Sadr City, American troops are playing a much bigger role in the battle. For the Iranians, who have consistently opposed the American presence here, that difference comes with consequences.
Iran stridently opposes the operation against the Mahdi Army in Sadr City.
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

N. Korea Says It Produced 30 Kilograms of Plutonium, Japanese Daily Reports

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/21/AR2008042100590.html
N. Korea Says It Produced 30 Kilograms of Plutonium, Japanese Daily Reports
Reuters
Monday, April 21, 2008; A11 [DPRK] [wmd] [the deal required DPRK come clean on both enriched-uranium and plutonium-route methods of fissionable material] [for months after regime was supposed to have come clean, Kim Jong Il’s continued his signature cockup: after years of negotiation bilaterally and multilaterall with U.S. and big Six respectively, sabatoge the entire things] [why is the info coming from Japan] [after answering that, will DPRK regime claim same amount to 6-way arbiter] [*******] [gala]
TOKYO, April 21 - North Korea told the United States in December it has produced a total of around 30 kg (66 lbs) of plutonium, about 20 kg less than what the United States estimates, [****] [is this the first public report of DPRK’s claim?] [why hasn’t this been public if administration had it for months now?] [also, plutonium only] a Japanese newspaper reported on Monday.

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/21/AR2008042100590.html
N. Korea Says It Produced 30 Kilograms of Plutonium, Japanese Daily Reports
Reuters
Monday, April 21, 2008; A11 [DPRK] [wmd] [the deal required DPRK come clean on both enriched-uranium and plutonium-route methods of fissionable material] [for months after regime was supposed to have come clean, Kim Jong Il’s continued his signature cockup: after years of negotiation bilaterally and multilaterall with U.S. and big Six respectively, sabatoge the entire things] [why is the info coming from Japan] [after answering that, will DPRK regime claim same amount to 6-way arbiter] [*******] [gala]
TOKYO, April 21 - North Korea told the United States in December it has produced a total of around 30 kg (66 lbs) of plutonium, about 20 kg less than what the United States estimates, [****] [is this the first public report of DPRK’s claim?] [why hasn’t this been public if administration had it for months now?] [also, plutonium only] a Japanese newspaper reported on Monday.
The daily Tokyo Shimbun reported that North Korea's chief envoy to the talks, Kim Kye-gwan, told his U.S. counterpart, Christopher Hill in North Korea last December the North had used about 18 kg of its plutonium stockpile for nuclear development and around 6 kg for its first and only underground nuclear test in October 2006.
The newspaper,citing a source involved in the six-way talks on North Korea's nuclear programme for the report, did not elaborate on what the remaining 6 kgs was used for.
The United States, which estimates that communist North Korea has produced more than 50 kg (110 lb) of plutonium, has demanded Pyongyang submit a "complete and correct" declaration of its past and present nuclear activities. [*****]
North Korea has said it has accounted for its past and current activities as required. But the United States says that the North has not discussed any transfer of nuclear technology to other countries, notably Syria, nor has it accounted for its suspected pursuit of uranium enrichment. [so far, DPRK has pretended no enriched-uranium program] [***] [recall, some regime officials admitted it in meeting in 2005?] [***]
Uranium enrichment could provide North Korea with a second way to produce fissile material for nuclear weapons in addition to the its plutonum-based programme.
Under the second phase of the six-party deal, once North Korea has produced its nuclear declaration, the United States is expected to relieve it of sanctions under the U.S. state sponsors of terrorism list and Trading With the Enemy Act.
In the third phase, North Korea is expected to dismantle its nuclear facilities at Yongbyon and abandon all nuclear weapons in exchange for further economic and diplomatic benefits. [*****]
Six-party talks, aimed at curbing North Korea's nuclear ambitions, involve the United States, the two Koreas, China, Japan, and Russia, have stalled pending North Korea's full accounting of nuclear activities. [***]
President George W. Bush and South Korean President Lee Myung-bak, meeting at Camp David at the weekend, warned that even after North Korea makes a full declaration, [***] [Dr. Bert’s observation correct] the information would still have to be verified.
They appeared to back away from a reported proposal under which, according to sources familiar with the matter, Washington would list its concerns about the nuclear programs which Pyongyang would then acknowledge.
Some U.S. conservatives have criticized that idea as giving in to North Korea and aimed at getting a deal before Bush leaves office in early 2009.
A U.S. team will have talks in Pyongyang on Tuesday and Wednesday on how to verify any declaration North Korea may make about its nuclear programmes, the U.S. State Department said last week. [*****]
© 2008 The Washington Post Company

Pakistani Parliament Will Consider Reinstating Judges Dismissed by Musharraf

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/21/world/asia/21pstan.html
April 21, 2008
Pakistani Parliament Will Consider Reinstating Judges Dismissed by Musharraf
By SALMAN MASOOD and CARLOTTA GALL [Pakistan] [south asia] [Pakistan as the new Afghanistan] [hydra central] [AfPak] [Pakistan seemingly on the brink] [islamists, tribals, and jihadis striking back] [followup] [it appears truly the frontline of the jihadis] [new opposition making movement toward “moderate” Pakistanis] [followup] [their point seems to rest on opionion polling that shows low single digits of Pakistanis as jihadis even hard-core Islamists] [*****]
ISLAMABAD, Pakistan — Pakistan’s new government plans to present a resolution in Parliament calling for judges fired by President Pervez Musharraf when he imposed emergency rule in November to be restored to power, [****]party and government officials said Sunday. It would be the first major legislative challenge to Mr. Musharraf by the new government.

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/21/world/asia/21pstan.html
April 21, 2008
Pakistani Parliament Will Consider Reinstating Judges Dismissed by Musharraf
By SALMAN MASOOD and CARLOTTA GALL [Pakistan] [south asia] [Pakistan as the new Afghanistan] [hydra central] [AfPak] [Pakistan seemingly on the brink] [islamists, tribals, and jihadis striking back] [followup] [it appears truly the frontline of the jihadis] [new opposition making movement toward “moderate” Pakistanis] [followup] [their point seems to rest on opionion polling that shows low single digits of Pakistanis as jihadis even hard-core Islamists] [*****]
ISLAMABAD, Pakistan — Pakistan’s new government plans to present a resolution in Parliament calling for judges fired by President Pervez Musharraf when he imposed emergency rule in November to be restored to power, [****]party and government officials said Sunday. It would be the first major legislative challenge to Mr. Musharraf by the new government.
Khawaja Muhammad Asif, the petroleum minister and a member of Parliament for the faction of the Pakistan Muslim League party led by former Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif, said the resolution would be presented by Friday. On Sunday evening, he said that coalition government leaders would meet Monday to complete it. [******]
The resolution would call for the reinstatement of about 60 judges to the Supreme Court and provincial high courts. The issue has become a matter of immense public anticipation in Pakistan, not least because the reinstatement of the judges, including the return as chief justice of Iftikhar Muhammad Chaudhry, could threaten Mr. Musharraf’s legitimacy and political survival. [*****]
Officials of the major parties in the coalition government said that after the resolution, which would declare the removal of the judges null and void, was passed by a simple majority of Parliament, the government could restore the judges to their positions with an executive order.
The government also plans to seek constitutional amendments that would strip Mr. Musharraf of many powers, reducing him to little more than a constitutional figurehead, local news media reports said. The amendments would take away the president’s power to dissolve Parliament and to appoint military and security chiefs, the auditor general and provincial governors, the reports said.
The main parties that formed the governing coalition after parliamentary elections in February — the Pakistan Peoples Party of former Prime Minister Benazir Bhutto and Mr. Sharif’s Pakistan Muslim League-N — pledged to reinstate the judges within 30 days of taking office. Mr. Sharif, who was overthrown in a coup by Mr. Musharraf in 1999, has insisted that the government keep its promise, and he seems to have prevailed over the more pragmatic Asif Ali Zardari, Ms. Bhutto’s widower, who is leading her party.
Farooq H. Naik, the law minister, is reviewing a draft of the resolution that will be presented in the National Assembly, the lower house of Parliament, [****]said Babar Awan, a senator and one of Mr. Zardari’s legal advisers.
“I cannot announce the exact date of the resolution, but I hope it will be very soon,” Mr. Awan said. Pakistani newspapers reported that it could be as soon as Tuesday or Wednesday.
Mr. Asif, the petroleum minister who has represented Mr. Sharif’s party in talks with the Pakistan Peoples Party, confirmed that the constitutional proposals would be made in the next week, if not simultaneously with the resolution on the judges.
On Sunday, the state-run news agency quoted Mr. Naik as denying media reports that there was a plan to shorten Mr. Chaudhry’s term, set to end in 2013. Mr. Chaudhry’s maverick nature and immense popularity are seen as a political threat by some leading politicians. [***] Publicly, leaders of the Pakistan Peoples Party have denied plans to change his term.
Leaders of the popular lawyers’ movement have condemned any such step and warned of another crisis in the country if Mr. Chaudhry were restored with limited powers.
Syed Naveed Qamar, minister for privatization, industries and production and a member of the Pakistan Peoples Party, said his party did not intend to limit the tenure of the chief justice. “It is political kite-flying,” Mr. Qamar said. “The tenure of the chief justice is fixed in the Constitution, and we lack a two-thirds majority in the Parliament to amend the Constitution.”
Mr. Sharif, whose consistent hard line against Mr. Musharraf has been regarded warily by American officials, has pressed the Pakistan Peoples Party to restore the judiciary, a step he sees as vital for the eventual removal of Mr. Musharraf.
But last week, Prime Minister Yousaf Raza Gilani, a member of the Pakistan Peoples Party, said that while the nation would soon hear “good news” about the restoration of the dismissed judiciary, the government would not rush to impeach Mr. Musharraf, as it did not have the necessary votes in the Senate, Parliament’s upper house.
Political and legal analysts said that the reinstatement of the judges would be a euphoric moment for the public, but that it might not immediately affect Mr. Musharraf. [****]
“I don’t see him leaving till he is made to leave,” said Babar Sattar, a lawyer and op-ed columnist based in Islamabad, the capital. “I don’t think that the Peoples Party has a policy of confrontation. It does not want to rock the boat.” [******]
Mr. Sattar said he did not believe that the judges would reopen cases regarding Mr. Musharraf’s eligibility to run for president last year. “I think they are going to be counseled to lie low and focus on issues of judiciary itself,” he said.
He added that any action to remove the president should come from Parliament in the form of an impeachment, [****]and that the High Court should not be dragged into politics.
Salman Masood reported from Islamabad, and Carlotta Gall from Kabul, Afghanistan.
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

81 Die in Clashes Between Islamists and Troops in Somalia

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/21/world/africa/21somalia.html
April 21, 2008
81 Die in Clashes Between Islamists and Troops in Somalia
By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS [Somalia] [northern Africa] proximity to horn and south] [redoubt for various factions-actors in Somalia and elsewhere] [hydra II] [followup] [bloodbath continues in Somalia with transitionalgovernment desperate to hang on while Islamist and jihadis movements gain traction with Somalis] [seen as stabililty, if only short term] [here jihadis kill western teachers who dare to teach Somalia kids how to read and think apart from Koran and Islam] [use 469b] [*****]
MOGADISHU, Somalia (AP) — Sporadic street fighting between Ethiopian troops and Islamist fighters trying to bring down Somalia’s shaky government killed 81 people [***] in the past two days, the head of a local human rights group said Sunday.

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/21/world/africa/21somalia.html
April 21, 2008
81 Die in Clashes Between Islamists and Troops in Somalia
By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS [Somalia] [northern Africa] proximity to horn and south] [redoubt for various factions-actors in Somalia and elsewhere] [hydra II] [followup] [bloodbath continues in Somalia with transitionalgovernment desperate to hang on while Islamist and jihadis movements gain traction with Somalis] [seen as stabililty, if only short term] [here jihadis kill western teachers who dare to teach Somalia kids how to read and think apart from Koran and Islam] [use 469b] [*****]
MOGADISHU, Somalia (AP) — Sporadic street fighting between Ethiopian troops and Islamist fighters trying to bring down Somalia’s shaky government killed 81 people [***] in the past two days, the head of a local human rights group said Sunday.
The deaths were caused when Ethiopians fired heavy artillery and tank shells in residential areas of Mogadishu, [***]said the rights leader, Sudan Ali Ahmed, chairman of Elman Human Rights. “We condemn this latest fighting,” he said.
Besides the 81 people who were killed, 119 were wounded, he said. His group said that all of those killed were civilians, but witnesses said that because the insurgents wear civilian clothing, it was impossible to say how many of the dead were noncombatants.
The rights group tracks casualties through hospitals and morgues and puts out regular reports on the toll from Somalia’s fighting. Its figures could not be independently verified. Ethiopian officials could not be reached for comment on the group’s claim that shelling from their forces had caused the casualties.
The clashes on Sunday broke out in rubble-strewn streets still littered with the bodies of people killed the previous day.
A witness, Aden Shire, said the Ethiopians had seemed to be searching for the bodies of fellow soldiers killed Saturday. Another witness, Omar Abdulahi, said that among the dead he counted were two old men in their homes who had been shot by Ethiopian soldiers.
A woman, Nasteho Moalim, said her 7-year-old daughter and three neighbors had been killed, and her husband wounded, by tank shells that hit their homes.
On the government’s side, at least one Somali soldier and two Ethiopians were killed, said another witness, Asha Shegow Abikar.
The prime minister, Nur Hassan Hussein, addressed the growing toll of civilian deaths during the latest outbreak of fighting. [****]
“The government is sorry about the fighting and loss of innocent civilian lives,” he said at a news conference on Sunday. “Our aim is to restore law and order through reconciliation and peaceful means, but that does not mean our troops and those of our ally Ethiopia will not defend themselves as they come under constant attack.” [****]
Ethiopian troops supporting the transitional government’s soldiers ousted Islamist fighters from power in Mogadishu, the capital, in December 2006. The Islamists receive support from Ethiopia’s archenemy, Eritrea.
Somalia has not had a functioning government since 1991, when warlords overthrew a dictator and then turned on one another.
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

April 20, 2008

Khalilzad Changes Approach From Hawk to Bridge-Builder

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/19/AR2008041901801.html
Khalilzad Changes Approach From Hawk to Bridge-Builder
By Colum Lynch
Washington Post Staff Writer
Sunday, April 20, 2008; A23 [un ambassasor Zalmay Khalilzad] [former ambassador to –iraq] [former ambassador to Afghanistan] [others] [know early in W.’s first terms as among the Vulcans (neoconservatives)] [is he softening in his old age?] [*******]
UNITED NATIONS -- At his residence at the Waldorf-Astoria hotel in New York, Zalmay Khalilzad displays a banged-up AK-47 assault rifle from Saddam Hussein's arsenal: a souvenir from a war Khalilzad supported and a regime he helped topple.

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/19/AR2008041901801.html
Khalilzad Changes Approach From Hawk to Bridge-Builder
By Colum Lynch
Washington Post Staff Writer
Sunday, April 20, 2008; A23 [un ambassasor Zalmay Khalilzad] [former ambassador to –iraq] [former ambassador to Afghanistan] [others] [know early in W.’s first terms as among the Vulcans (neoconservatives)] [is he softening in his old age?] [*******]
UNITED NATIONS -- At his residence at the Waldorf-Astoria hotel in New York, Zalmay Khalilzad displays a banged-up AK-47 assault rifle from Saddam Hussein's arsenal: a souvenir from a war Khalilzad supported and a regime he helped topple.
But as President Bush's chief envoy to the United Nations, Khalilzad has spent the past year trying to repair some of the diplomatic wreckage that followed the U.S.-led invasion. He has won over colleagues with a willingness to compromise and listen -- in a half-dozen languages -- that was lacking from his pugnacious predecessor, [*******]John R. Bolton. "He doesn't have this attitude that we are the Americans . . . so take it or leave it," said South Africa's U.N. ambassador, Dumisani Shadrack Kumalo, reflecting a view held widely at U.N. headquarters. [a recovering Vulcan cleaning up the dog poop of an unrepentant Vulcan] [so unrepentant is Bolton that he’s forgotten how much Bush went out on a limb for him with the recess appointement] [he continually lobs firebombs their way on DPRK, Syria, Israel-palestine, UN] [************]
Khalilzad's supporters say his stints as U.S. ambassador to Afghanistan, Iraq and the United Nations have taught him that the go-it-alone strategy of his neoconservative allies had run its course. "He's a neocon who got mugged by reality," said Peter Galbraith, a former U.S. diplomat who advised Iraqi Kurds after the fall of Hussein.
Yet others have derided Khalilzad's transition from war hawk to bridge-builder as an act of political opportunism. "This is one of the great PR snow jobs of the Bush administration's second term," said Flynt Leverett, a former National Security Council Middle East specialist during President Bush's first term. "It's hard to say in the end what he really believes in terms of political convictions, beyond ingratiating himself with the powers that be in any given situation."
Khalilzad's professional journey over the past decade tracks the Bush administration's after the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks: a bold quest to reshape the Middle East through U.S. military power that mellowed into a diplomatic effort to reconnect with Washington's estranged allies. "He is not what he was," said William Leurs, president of the United Nations Association, crediting Khalilzad with easing the "anger and polarization" between Washington and the global body.
Khalilzad, 57, was born in Mazar-e Sharif, Afghanistan, [****]the son of a government bureaucrat in the Afghan monarchy, and first came to the United States as a high school exchange student, eventually earning a doctorate in political science at the University of Chicago. Friends say his style owes much to his Afghan roots -- courtesy, pragmatism and a flair for cultivating personal relationships. [********]
He emerged on the U.S. political scene in the late 1970s, writing op-eds under the pseudonym Hannah Negaran [***] to attack Soviet policy in Afghanistan. Since then, he has changed his nationality (becoming a U.S. citizen), his party (flirting briefly with the Democrats) and his foreign policy views (supporting engagement with the Taliban before advocating its overthrow). Colleagues even speculated that he might run for the Afghan presidency, a rumor Khalilzad denies.
Khalilzad has gravitated toward powerful figures, cultivating close ties with Zbigniew Brzezinski, President Jimmy Carter's national security adviser. He has developed strong working relationships with President Bush, Vice President Cheney and Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice. "In Afghanistan, you have to have a patron if you want to get anywhere in life," said Ahmed Rashid, a journalist who has known Khalilzad for more than 20 years. "This neocon stuff -- yes, he certainly believed it -- but he was also looking for the patronage" from powerful conservatives.
Khalilzad began working for the State Department in 1984 under President Ronald Reagan and soon focused on Afghanistan policy. He advocated military aid for the mujaheddin, pressing the administration to arm them against the Soviets. [****]
The following decade, Paul D. Wolfowitz, then undersecretary of defense for policy, tapped Khalilzad to draft a 1992 Defense Planning Guidance that outlined plans for post-Cold War military superiority, [hence his PNAC and Vulcan affiliations] [****] calling for a major military buildup and a doctrine of preemptive force. Though rejected by the White House, the draft consolidated Khalilzad's standing among conservatives and would later influence the Bush administration's war strategy, according to James Mann, author of "Rise of the Vulcans," which chronicles Bush's war cabinet.
Khalilzad, a senior Pentagon official during the 1991 Persian Gulf War, said, "We didn't do the right thing with the Iraqis by leaving them with Saddam and sanctions." In 1998, he signed a letter with 17 other conservatives urging President Bill Clinton to overthrow Hussein. Many of the signatories -- including Wolfowitz, Donald H. Rumsfeld and Richard Perle -- would later lay the groundwork for the military invasion of Iraq.
Khalilzad later joined Bush's National Security Council and, on the eve of the invasion, was tasked with convening a national assembly to establish an Iraqi government. But Khalilzad's plan was scrapped in favor of a U.S. military occupation, and Khalilzad was dispatched to Afghanistan as ambassador. [too bad] [that might have actually worked] [it worked in some fashion in Afghanistan] [*******]
His work in Afghanistan and later in Iraq earned him bipartisan respect. "He's taken on dangerous jobs, he's done them well," said Douglas J. Feith, the Pentagon's top policy official during the invasion, who recently published a book countering allegations that he distorted prewar intelligence. But Feith expressed puzzlement over Khalilzad's ability to thrive while others have seen their careers shredded over Iraq: "It's rather a mystery as to why some people get some kind of treatment and other people get another." [perhaps because he’s always been somewhat more pragmatic and burned fewer bridges] [*****]
But Khalilzad's diplomatic style has rankled subordinates, who describe him as a disorganized manager. As ambassador in Kabul, he infuriated staffers by recruiting U.S. executives to help run Afghan ministries. Former staff members have criticized him for keeping colleagues in the dark. "Zal would talk to [Afghan President Hamid] Karzai two or three times a day without an interpreter and never write a record of the meeting," said Hillary Mann Leverett, Flynt Leverett's spouse and former Afghanistan director at the National Security Council.
At the United Nations, Khalilzad pressed the body to expand its role in Iraq and Afghanistan, and oversaw imposition of moderately stronger sanctions against Iran. But he also led a botched effort for a Security Council resolution endorsing the U.S.-backed Mideast peace process launched in Annapolis last year. Israel objected, forcing the United States to withdraw the proposal and eliciting accusations by senior U.S. officials that Khalilzad was freelancing. "You can say something about coordination and so on," he responded, "but I was specifically authorized . . . to go and do this."
Khalilzad was criticized for participating in a debate with Iranian Foreign Minister Manouchehr Mottaki at the World Economic Forum in January. He acknowledges that some in the administration frowned on the move, but said that "the clash of ideas" is smart diplomacy.
In the General Assembly, Khalilzad has been willing to compromise, yielding to demands by developing countries to protect pro-Palestinian programs and reversing Bolton's refusal to contemplate Security Council expansion until U.N. management improved.
Khalilzad "has been able to charm even his adversaries," said Pakistan's U.N. ambassador, Munir Akram, who opposed the invasion of Iraq. Akram said few here hold Khalilzad's hawkish views against him: "The whole of the United Nations is littered with ironies."
© 2008 The Washington Post Company

McCain: A Question of Temperament

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/19/AR2008041902224.html
McCain: A Question of Temperament
By Michael Leahy
Washington Post Staff Writer
Sunday, April 20, 2008; A01 [senator John McNasty McCain] [as a former Arizonan who traveled between Phoenix and Washington D.C. in the early 1990s, I had mutilpe occasions to meet and/or encounter McCain and staff] [he had a reputation then for flying off the handle] [quick to explode but relatively quick to forgive once eruption was over] [known then as McNasty—an apparent reference to high school] [if he’s the next president?] [individual] [*******************]
John McCain cupped a fist and began pumping it, up and down, along the side of his body. It was a gesture familiar to a participant in the closed-door meeting of the Senate committee who hoped that it merely signaled, as it sometimes had in the past, McCain's mounting frustration with one of his colleagues.

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/19/AR2008041902224.html
McCain: A Question of Temperament
By Michael Leahy
Washington Post Staff Writer
Sunday, April 20, 2008; A01 [senator John McNasty McCain] [as a former Arizonan who traveled between Phoenix and Washington D.C. in the early 1990s, I had mutilpe occasions to meet and/or encounter McCain and staff] [he had a reputation then for flying off the handle] [quick to explode but relatively quick to forgive once eruption was over] [known then as McNasty—an apparent reference to high school] [if he’s the next president?] [individual] [*******************]
John McCain cupped a fist and began pumping it, up and down, along the side of his body. It was a gesture familiar to a participant in the closed-door meeting of the Senate committee who hoped that it merely signaled, as it sometimes had in the past, McCain's mounting frustration with one of his colleagues.
But when McCain leaned toward Charles E. Grassley and slowly said, "My friend . . ." it seemed clear that ugliness was looming: While the plural "my friends" was usually a warm salutation from McCain, "my friend" was often a prelude to his most caustic attacks. Grassley, an Iowa Republican with a reputation as an unwavering legislator, calmly held his ground. McCain became angrier, his fist pumping even faster. [***]
It was early 1992, and the occasion was an informal gathering of a select committee investigating lingering issues about Vietnam War prisoners and those missing in action, most notably whether any American servicemen were still being held by the Vietnamese. It is unclear precisely what issue set off McCain that day. But at some point, he mocked Grassley to his face and used a profanity to describe him. Grassley stood and, according to two participants at the meeting, told McCain, "I don't have to take this. I think you should apologize."
McCain refused and stood to face Grassley. "There was some shouting and shoving between them, but no punches," recalls a spectator, who said that Nebraska Democrat Bob Kerrey helped break up the altercation. [*******]
Grassley said recently that "it was a very long period of time" before he and McCain spoke to each other again, though he declined, through a spokesman, to discuss the specifics of the incident.
Since the beginning of McCain's public life, the many witnesses to his temper have had strikingly different reactions to it. [****]Some depict McCain, now the presumptive Republican nominee for president, as an erratic hothead incapable of staying cool in the face of what he views as either disloyalty to him or irrational opposition to his ideas. [*****] Others praise a firebrand who is resolute against the forces of greed and gutlessness. [he’s a hot head in my view but one that comes back to his senses] [he’s extraordinarily arrogant but who in the senate isn’t?] [******]
"Does he get angry? Yes," said Sen. Joseph I. Lieberman, a Connecticut independent who supports McCain's presidential bid. "But it's never been enough to blur his judgment. . . . If anything, his passion and occasional bursts of anger have made him more effective."
Former senator Bob Smith, a New Hampshire Republican, expresses worries about McCain: [****]"His temper would place this country at risk in international affairs, and the world perhaps in danger. In my mind, it should disqualify him."
A spokesman for McCain's campaign said he would be unavailable for an interview on the subject of his temper. But over the years, no one has written more intimately about McCain's outbursts than McCain himself. "My temper has often been both a matter of public speculation and personal concern," he wrote in a 2002 memoir. "I have a temper, to state the obvious, which I have tried to control with varying degrees of success because it does not always serve my interest or the public's." [**********]
That temper has followed him throughout his life, McCain acknowledges. He recalls in his writings how, as a toddler, he sometimes held his breath and fainted during moments of fury. As the son of a naval officer who was on his way to becoming a four-star admiral, McCain found himself frequently uprooted and enrolled in new schools, where, as an underappreciated outsider, he developed "a little bit of a chip on my shoulder," as he recalled this month. [********]
During a campaign stop at Episcopal High School in Alexandria, the most famous graduate of the Class of 1954 opened a window on what swirled inside him during his school years. "I was always the new kid and was accustomed to proving myself quickly at each new school as someone not to be challenged lightly," he told students.
"As a young man, I would respond aggressively and sometimes irresponsibly to anyone who I perceived to have questioned my sense of honor and self-respect. Those responses often got me in a fair amount of trouble earlier in life."
He defied authority, ridiculed other students, sometimes fought. The nicknames hung on him at Episcopal mocked his hair-trigger feistiness: "Punk" and "McNasty." [****] [I don’t recall hearing the Punk appellation previously] [****] Hoping to emulate his father and grandfather, also an admiral, he went on to the Naval Academy, where his pattern of unruliness and defiance continued, landing him near the bottom of his class. "I acted like a jerk," McCain wrote of the period before he righted himself to become a naval aviator, a Vietnam POW and eventually a career politician.
The trajectory of his temper, studied ever more intently as his White House ambitions took shape, includes incidents from his years in the House and in the Senate, leading up to the early days of his current presidential campaign. In 2007, during a heated closed-door discussion with Senate colleagues about the contentious immigration issue, he angrily shouted a profanity at a fellow Republican, John Cornyn of Texas, an incident that quickly found its way into headlines. [*******]
Reports recently surfaced of Rep. Rick Renzi, an Arizona Republican, taking offense when McCain called him "boy" once too often during a 2006 meeting, a story that McCain aides confirm while playing down its importance. "Renzi flared and he was prickly," McCain strategist Mark Salter said. "But there were no punches thrown or anything."
'Everyone Has a Temper'
According to aides, McCain's frequent comments about his temperament reflect a recognition that the issue persists for some voters and the media. At times he expresses regret about his temper, often tracing it to the same resentments that ignited him as a boy: "In all candor, as an adult I've been known to forget occasionally the discretion expected of a person of my many years and station when I believe I've been accorded a lack of respect I did not deserve," he said at Episcopal.
On other occasions, he has contended that his blowups have served a purpose. In a recent interview with CNN, while referring to his temper as "a very minor thing," McCain declared that voters occasionally want him to vent: "When I see corruption, . . . when I see people misbehaving badly, they expect me to" be angry.
Salter, who has co-written five books with McCain that, among other things, explore the origins of his feistiness, said he thinks McCain's temper first became an issue after an incident in 1989, during McCain's first term in the Senate.
The nomination of a beleaguered John Tower to become defense secretary was already in trouble when Sen. Richard C. Shelby of Alabama, a conservative Democrat who later became a Republican, helped doom it by voting against Tower. [****] A furious McCain, believing that Shelby had reneged on a commitment of support, accosted him, got within an inch of his nose and screamed at him. [*******]News of the incident swiftly spread around the Capitol.
"I think it started there," Salter said, though by 1989, many of McCain's colleagues had already heard stories about other eruptions during his two terms in the House.
Part of the paradox of McCain is that many of the old targets of his volcanic temper are now his campaign contributors. Former Phoenix mayor Paul Johnson is one example. In 1992, during a private meeting of Arizona officials over a federal land issue that affected the state, a furious McCain openly questioned Johnson's honesty. "Start a tape recorder -- it's best when you get a liar on tape," McCain said to others in the meeting, according to an account of their "nose-to-nose, testosterone-filled" argument that Johnson later provided to reporters.
But Johnson, who once was quoted as saying that he thought McCain was "in the area of being unstable," today says that he has mellowed, citing a 2006 face-to-face apology that he said he received from his old adversary. "He's not the same guy, as far as I'm concerned," Johnson said. "And nothing has happened during the course of this year's campaign."
Cornyn is now a McCain supporter, as is Republican Sen. Thad Cochran of Mississippi, himself a past target of McCain's sharp tongue, especially over what McCain regarded as Cochran's hunger for pork-barrel projects in his state. Cochran landed in newspapers early during the campaign after declaring that the thought of McCain in the Oval Office "sends a cold chill down my spine." [probably still angry] [but worth considering] [***]
Indeed, aside from a single testy exchange in March with New York Times reporter Elisabeth Bumiller over whether he had had a conversation in 2004 with Democratic Sen. John F. Kerry about being his running mate -- a tape of which appeared immediately on YouTube -- McCain has been noticeably unflappable throughout the primaries. Advisers posit that his temperament ought to be a dead issue.
"Everyone has a temper . . . but there has been no evidence of a temper problem here," said Rick Davis, McCain's campaign manager. "In our campaign, he has done give-and-take with people everywhere, regardless if someone agrees or disagrees with him. There is no more probing process than a presidential campaign. He has performed well under the most intense kind of pressure."
Friends and Enemies
McCain has been down this road before. During his 2000 presidential run, responding in part to questions about his temper and what effect, if any, his 5 1/2 years as a POW had on his psyche, he released about 1,500 pages of his medical and psychiatric records, which presented a clean bill of mental health.
"I'm not saying he doesn't have a temper, but it's governable," Salter said. "When he has a heated argument, it's usually with one of his peers, who are unaccustomed to being addressed that way by anyone, really. Sometimes he can't govern his tongue. He's just blunt -- he's a straightforward person."
McCain has built much of his appeal, especially with independents, as the fiery maverick willing to defy both parties. His tempestuousness has girded him in high-stakes confrontations, especially against Republican conservatives who regard his occasionally moderate stances as proof that he has sold them out.
"You will damn well do this. You will make this a holiday. You're making us look like fools," he privately exploded two decades ago at a stunned group of Arizona Republicans who opposed creating a state holiday in remembrance of the Rev. Martin Luther King Jr.
Early during their days together in the Senate, Smith came to believe that McCain often used his temper as a strategic weapon, that if he "couldn't persuade you, he was going at least to needle you or [sometimes] belittle you or blow up into trying to have you believe you were beneath him, so that you'd be less likely to challenge him. He needed to be the top guy."
Smith admits to not liking McCain, a point he has often made over the years to reporters. "I've witnessed a lot of his temper and outbursts," Smith said. "For me, some of this stuff is relevant. It raises questions about stability. . . . It's more than just temper. It's this need of his to show you that he's above you -- a sneering, condescending attitude. It's hurt his relationships in Congress. . . . I've seen it up-close."
Smith, whose service in the Navy included a tour on the waters in and around Vietnam, said he stood stunned one day when McCain declared around several of their colleagues that Smith wasn't a real Vietnam War veteran. "I was in the combat zone, off the Mekong River, for 10 months," Smith said. "He went on to insult me several times. I wasn't on the land; I guess that was his reasoning. . . . He suggested I was masquerading about my Vietnam service. It was very hurtful. He's gotten to a lot of people [that way]." [****]
While in the course of a policy disagreement at a luncheon meeting of Republican senators, McCain reportedly insulted Pete V. Domenici of New Mexico with an earthy expletive. Domenici demanded an apology. "Okay, I'll apologize," McCain said, before referring to an infuriated Domenici with the same expletive. [**********]
Salter insists that many of McCain's run-ins with colleagues and activists have resulted from McCain's conviction that his honor in some way has been questioned. "If he feels a challenge to his integrity, then he'll say something," Salter said. "If he thinks you betrayed him . . . he'll tell you, he'll be angry. . . . But he's also exceedingly forgiving."
During the early 1990s, McCain telephoned the office of Tom Freestone, a governmental official little known outside Arizona's Maricopa County. McCain had an unusual request. He wanted Freestone, then chairman of the Maricopa County Board of Supervisors, to reject a job applicant named Karen S. Johnson, whose last governmental position had been in the office of a former Arizona governor and who had just interviewed for a position as an aide in Freestone's office.
According to two employees in the office, McCain told Freestone that the applicant's past political associations left her carrying unflattering baggage.
The pair of Freestone staffers thought it odd that a U.S. senator would even know that Johnson had applied for a job in their office, let alone that he had taken time out of his workday to pick up a phone and weigh in on a staffing matter so removed from the locus of Washington power. But McCain's disenchantment with Johnson was personal: A few years earlier, he had an angry exchange with her while she was the secretary for Republican Arizona Gov. Evan Meacham, who was impeached and forced out of office for campaign finance violations.
Around the time of Meacham's ouster, Johnson said, McCain paid a visit to him. Johnson recalled that McCain swiftly used the opportunity to lecture Meacham: "You should never have been elected. You're an embarrassment to the [Republican] Party."
A stupefied Meacham just stared at the senator. An indignant Johnson, as she tells the story, snapped at McCain: "How dare you? You're the embarrassment to the party."
As Johnson and another person working in Freestone's office remember, the surprised supervisor told Johnson about McCain's objections to her. "But I'm hiring you anyway," Freestone told her.
For Johnson, McCain's call raised questions as to whether he bore a lasting animosity against anyone who ever challenged him. "Everyone in [Freestone's] office thought it was all ridiculous . . . and petty," remembers Johnson, [****] [doesn’t seem to jibe with other stuff] [****] a devout Republican conservative who today is an Arizona state senator.
"Senator McCain says he has no recollection of ever making a phone call to block a job for Karen Johnson," Salter said.
During roughly the same period, McCain requested the firing of an aide to Arizona's senior U.S. senator, Dennis DeConcini, according to two top figures in DeConcini's office.
The aide, a veterans affairs expert named Judy Leiby, first ran into problems with McCain in the late '80s, when she sought to correct what she regarded as a McCain misstatement about DeConcini's record on a veterans issue. She was attending a Phoenix meeting between McCain and some veterans when she rebutted a McCain assertion that DeConcini, a Democrat, favored a bill that included a cut of some veterans benefits. "That is incorrect," Leiby said, detailing the specifics of DeConcini's position as McCain listened stonily.
Sometime afterward, McCain called DeConcini and asked that he dismiss Leiby, insisting to the senator that his aide had become a toxic, partisan figure. According to the two people in the office, who spoke on the condition of anonymity, DeConcini defended Leiby and, praising what he characterized as her bipartisan fairness and expertise, urged McCain to give her a second look. McCain refused, repeating his demand that Leiby be fired.
DeConcini "politely told McCain to go to hell," according to a source close to the conversation, adding: "Not once in [DeConcini's 18-year Senate tenure] did another senator ask for an aide to be dismissed. Not once did anyone speak about an aide like that."
Episodes such as the Johnson and Leiby incidents, along with McCain's oft-chronicled blowups on Capitol Hill, have led critics to say he has a vindictive streak, that he sees an enemy in anyone who challenges him. [*******]
"I heard about his temper more from others," said Grant Woods, McCain's first congressional chief of staff, who is generally regarded as McCain's closest confidant in his early political years. "According to them, he really unleashed on some of them, and they couldn't figure out why. . . . It happened enough that it was affecting his credibility with some people. If you wanted a programmed, subdued, always-on-message politician, he wasn't and will never be your guy."
Woods helped orchestrate McCain's first House campaign in 1982 and worked to get him elected to the Senate in 1986. That year the Arizona Republican Party held its Election Night celebration for all its candidates at a Phoenix hotel, where the triumphant basked in the cheers of their supporters and delivered victory statements on television.
After McCain finished his speech, he returned to a suite in the hotel, sat down in front of a TV and viewed a replay of his remarks, angry to discover that the speaking platform had not been erected high enough for television cameras to capture all of his face -- he seemed to have been cut off somewhere between his nose and mouth.
A platform that had been adequate for taller candidates had not taken into account the needs of the 5-foot-9 McCain, who left the suite and went looking for a man in his early 20s named Robert Wexler, the head of Arizona's Young Republicans, which had helped make arrangements for the evening's celebration. Confronting Wexler in a hotel ballroom, McCain exploded, according to witnesses who included Jon Hinz, then executive director of the Arizona Republican Party. McCain jabbed an index finger in Wexler's chest.
"I told you we needed a stage," he screamed, according to Hinz. "You incompetent little [expletive]. When I tell you to do something, you do it."
Hinz recalls intervening, placing his 6-foot-6 frame between the senator-elect and the young volunteer. "John, this is not the time or place for this," Hinz remembers saying to McCain, who fumed that he hadn't been seen clearly by television viewers. Hinz recollects finally telling McCain: "John, look, I'll follow you out on stage myself next time. I'll make sure everywhere you go there is a milk crate for you to stand on. But this is enough."
McCain spun around on his heels and left. He did not talk to Hinz again for several years. In 2000, as Hinz recalls, he appeared briefly on the Christian Broadcasting Network to voice his worries about McCain's temperament on televangelist Pat Robertson's show, "The 700 Club." Hinz's concerns have since grown with reports of incidents in and out of Arizona.
In 1994, McCain tried to stop a primary challenge to the state's Republican governor, J. Fife Symington III, by telephoning his opponent, Barbara Barrett, the well-heeled spouse of a telecommunications executive, and warning of unspecified "consequences" should she reject his advice to drop out of the race. Barrett stayed in. At that year's state Republican convention, McCain confronted Sandra Dowling, the Maricopa County school superintendent and, according to witnesses, angrily accused her of helping to persuade Barrett to enter the race.
"You better get [Barrett] out or I'll destroy you," a witness claims that McCain shouted at her. Dowling responded that if McCain couldn't respect her right to support whomever she chose, that he "should get the hell out of the Senate." McCain shouted an obscenity at her, and Dowling howled one back.
Woods raced over, according to a witness, and pulled Dowling away. Woods said he has "no memory" of being involved, "though I heard something about an argument."
"What happens if he gets angry in crisis" in the presidency?" Hinz asked. "It's difficult enough to be a negotiator, but it's almost impossible when you're the type of guy who's so angry at anybody who doesn't do what he wants. It's the president's job to negotiate and stay calm. I don't see that he has that quality." [that’s why they are surrounded by NSC principals who are supposed to provide temperance and balance] [***********]
Having reunited with his old boss after a falling out in the '90s, Woods is back on board. Barbara Barrett, too. Other Arizona Republicans, once spurned or alienated from McCain, have accepted invitations to rejoin him, though not Sandra Dowling or Jon Hinz, who said, "I've just seen too much. That temper, the intolerance: It worries me."
How Big a Factor?
Historians are generally ambivalent over whether hot-tempered leaders have fared any worse than the placid. Harry S. Truman once threatened bodily harm in a letter to a reviewer who wrote disparagingly about the musical talents of his daughter. Richard M. Nixon ranted, and so did Bill Clinton. George Stephanopoulos once described Clinton's "purple rages," which left Stephanopoulos, often the subject of Clinton's private lashings, so shaken that he broke out in hives, sunk into depression and began taking an antidepressant.
"Clinton could flare up," remembers John D. Podesta, a former Clinton chief of staff. "You might have to endure five minutes of him yelling. But you could challenge him. . . . He would sometimes get mad when [aides] pushed back -- but it was a passing moment; tomorrow would be fine. You didn't get in the doghouse for pushing back."
"Temper can sometimes be a political instrument," said James A. Thurber, director of the Center for Congressional and Presidential Studies at American University. "There are sometimes calculated displays of temper, which is what Lyndon Johnson used to persuade people. . . .
"But sometimes somebody's temperament can get in the way of aides telling him the truth, which happened [during the Vietnam War] with LBJ. His temper scared some [aides] away, which was not good for anyone. . . . That's always part of the risk with a strong temper . . . and so it's always relevant."
After his failed 2000 presidential campaign against George W. Bush, McCain sensed the political cost of his temperament. During a debate, he had snapped at Bush: "You should be ashamed. . . . You should be ashamed." In May 2006, he told CNN: "My anger didn't help my campaign. It didn't help. People don't like angry candidates very much."
McCain's defenders today include an old nemesis -- Grassley.
"It doesn't mean I'm buddy-buddy with McCain," the senator said recently. "He may have a short fuse. . . . But I've come to the conclusion that his strong principles, sometimes backed up by considerable" -- Grassley paused -- "not temper, but considerable conviction, is what a president ought to have."
One man's bulldozer is another's bully. "I don't think that he forgets anyone who ever opposed him, that he can ever really respect or trust them again," said Karen Johnson, [***] the targeted secretary-turned-state senator. "That goes for people here and overseas."
© 2008 The Washington Post Company

A Spy’s Motivation: For Love of Another Country

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/20/weekinreview/20shane.html
April 20, 2008
The Nation
A Spy’s Motivation: For Love of Another Country
By SCOTT SHANE [bush white house] [bureaucracy] [military-industrial complex] [it has happened on every administration, virtually, of the post WWII world] [America’s melting pot sometimes produces loyalties for some ethnic-American’s roots] [whether it’s been Israel or China of others, not the first nor will it be the last] [the rather odd case of Mr. Chi Mak who apparently was a sleeper for decades] [every reason in the world to expect others from both state and non-state enemies] [followup] [**************]
Washington — One day in February 2005, F.B.I. agents fished a pile of paper scraps from the trash of Chi Mak, an engineer for a California defense contractor. Painstakingly reconstructed, the torn-up notes turned out to be what the bureau believed were instructions for Mr. Mak on what technical information to steal and deliver to China. [****]

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/20/weekinreview/20shane.html
April 20, 2008
The Nation
A Spy’s Motivation: For Love of Another Country
By SCOTT SHANE [bush white house] [bureaucracy] [military-industrial complex] [it has happened on every administration, virtually, of the post WWII world] [America’s melting pot sometimes produces loyalties for some ethnic-American’s roots] [whether it’s been Israel or China of others, not the first nor will it be the last] [the rather odd case of Mr. Chi Mak who apparently was a sleeper for decades] [every reason in the world to expect others from both state and non-state enemies] [followup] [**************]
Washington — One day in February 2005, F.B.I. agents fished a pile of paper scraps from the trash of Chi Mak, an engineer for a California defense contractor. Painstakingly reconstructed, the torn-up notes turned out to be what the bureau believed were instructions for Mr. Mak on what technical information to steal and deliver to China. [****]
Mr. Mak, who emigrated from China three decades ago and became a United States citizen in 1985, was sentenced last month to 24 years in prison for illegally exporting controlled information and lying about it. [*****] Addressing the judge who said he had betrayed the United States, Mr. Mak, 67, protested: “I never intended to hurt this country. I love this country.” [interestingly, that’s often the case] [it’s a bit of a puzzle what makes this recur with some frequency] [sometimes, money, honeypot, original nationalism, anger with some aspect of US foreign policy, ?] [*******]
Mr. Mak’s case, described by prosecutors as involving a spy ring that included four relatives, is part of a historic shift in the nature of spying against the United States. A new study by a Defense Department contractor shows that divided loyalty, usually on the part of naturalized Americans with roots in a foreign land, has become the dominant motive.
From 1947 to 1990, the study found, fewer than 1 in 5 Americans charged with spying were acting solely or primarily out of patriotic, as opposed to ideological, loyalty to a foreign country. [****]Since 1990, according to the study’s author, Katherine L. Herbig, divided loyalty has been the sole or primary motive in about half of all cases.
“Dual loyalty is a problem we haven’t seen on such a scale since the Revolution,” when many colonists swore allegiance to the British king, said Joel F. Brenner, the top counterintelligence official in the office of the director of national intelligence. [****]
The trend has come to light at an awkward time for the nation’s intelligence agencies. Admitting that they can hardly hope to penetrate Al Qaeda without greater expertise in Arabic or fend off Chinese espionage without more fluent speakers of Chinese, the Central Intelligence Agency and National Security Agency are dropping old security policies that excluded many Americans with foreign relatives from high-level clearances. [************]
But even as the government aggressively courts first-generation and second-generation Americans, the new statistics suggest, it must keep a wary eye out for those whose real loyalty is to their native country or to militant Islam.
“The intelligence community has a particularly difficult risk to manage,” Mr. Brenner said. “It’s difficult to do background checks on people from out-of-the-way places.”
Why do Americans betray their country? Counterintelligence instructors have long offered the mnemonic MICE, for money, ideology, compromise, ego. Perhaps it’s time to update that to MINCE, adding nationalism [*******] to the mix. Or MINCES, with a nod to the consistent contributions of sex, [*****] as in the case of Donald W. Keyser, a State Department official whose liaison with a Taiwanese intelligence officer led to a conviction last year for possession of classified documents and lying to investigators.
In the complex human equation that produces a turncoat, rarely is only one motive at play. But different periods have featured different motives in the ascendancy.
The first great wave was ideology, growing from an early fascination with the Soviet experiment, which promised freedom from the grinding inequities of capitalism. Julius Rosenberg, for instance, whose parents worked in New York City sweatshops, joined the Young Communist League as a teenager; he was one of dozens of American and British Communists who fed secrets to Soviet intelligence in the first half of the 20th century.
But by the 1970s, disillusionment with the crimes of Communism meant that few took up the Soviet cause gratis. Money dominated the second wave: hundreds of thousands of dollars for the spy ring led by John A. Walker Jr., a Navy warrant officer; $4.6 million for Aldrich Ames of the C.I.A.; $1.4 million for Robert P. Hanssen of the F.B.I., who once sent his handler a note seeking diamonds, saying cash was harder to hide.
Perhaps no would-be spy was so indiscriminately mercenary as Brian P. Regan, an Air Force master sergeant who worked at the National Reconnaissance Office, overseer of spy satellites, and was sentenced to life in prison in 2003 after seeking to sell secrets to Iraq, Libya and China.
The third wave of spying shows much less greed. Money, the sole or primary motive for two-thirds of spies who got their start in the 1980s, was the main draw for just a quarter of spies from 1990 to date, Ms. Herbig’s new analysis concludes. No money at all was paid in the 11 most recent cases.
The largest share was made up of naturalized Americans who spied out of devotion to another country: Cuba, the Philippines, South Korea, Egypt, Iraq. In a handful of cases, Muslims have been accused of ties to Al Qaeda or other terrorist groups; these include Hassan Abujihaad, an American convert to Islam convicted last month of supplying information on Navy ships to a suspected terrorist financier.
Then there is the rash of Chinese cases, notably that of Mr. Mak. Prosecutors called him a classic “sleeper” agent who worked for years in technical jobs before delivering military information to China, including three encrypted computer disks of data. Still, such cases seem murkier than those with a money trail. Mr. Mak, as well as his friends and some Chinese-Americans, argue that his prosecution reflected anti-Chinese paranoia. [*****] They noted that the information he provided was unclassified and had been presented at international conferences. [if so, what precise law did he violate?] [*****]
The complications are evident, too, in an indictment for economic espionage unsealed in February in California against another American citizen of Chinese birth, Dongfan (Greg) Chung, a 72-year-old engineer for defense contractors. The indictment quotes a letter Mr. Chung was accused of sending to a technology institute in China in the late 1970s with an emotional offer of help.
“I would like to make an effort to contribute to the Four Modernizations of China,” he wrote. [nostalgia for and empathy for peoples of the old country who are not competing as quickly as some might wish] [***********] [sort of a weird version of relative depravation. Gap between actual modernity and anticipated modernity] [*****]
According to the federal indictment, the Chinese were eager for his help. “We are all moved by your patriotism,” Professor Chen Lung Ku of the Harbin Institute of Technology wrote back in September 1979. “We’d like to join our hands together with the overseas compatriots in the endeavor for the construction of our great socialist motherland.”
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

War Funding Bill Will Put Pelosi's Strength to the Test

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/19/AR2008041901696.html
War Funding Bill Will Put Pelosi's Strength to the Test
By Jonathan Weisman
Washington Post Staff Writer
Sunday, April 20, 2008; A10 [congress] [110th, 2nd session] [congressional prerogative of purse strings] [up against two terms of the Bush administration’s unitary theory of the executive’s war powers] [NSC principals and bureaucracy] [welcomed to lame-duck world] [bush has now found what 2nd term presidents find in their last year: graph of presidential political capital decreasing over time, has nearly crossed the X-axis (time) with almost no capital left] [************]
After years of seeing the House pushed around by President Bush, Speaker Nancy Pelosi has learned to say no.

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/19/AR2008041901696.html
War Funding Bill Will Put Pelosi's Strength to the Test
By Jonathan Weisman
Washington Post Staff Writer
Sunday, April 20, 2008; A10 [congress] [110th, 2nd session] [congressional prerogative of purse strings] [up against two terms of the Bush administration’s unitary theory of the executive’s war powers] [NSC principals and bureaucracy] [welcomed to lame-duck world] [bush has now found what 2nd term presidents find in their last year: graph of presidential political capital decreasing over time, has nearly crossed the X-axis (time) with almost no capital left] [************]
After years of seeing the House pushed around by President Bush, Speaker Nancy Pelosi has learned to say no.
The California Democrat's refusal last month to schedule a vote on a warrantless surveillance bill that the president favors, followed by her decision this month to scuttle a fast-track vote on a U.S.-Colombia trade agreement have shifted some power to the eastern end of Pennsylvania Avenue.
But those tough stands also have raised expectations among antiwar activists and some lawmakers on the larger issue coming in the next two weeks: funding for the war in Iraq.
"What she's done is show people you can stand up to Bush and it's not the end of the world," said Rep. Jim McGovern (D-Mass.), a prominent opponent of the Iraq war. "She reminded the rank-and-file here not only do we matter, but we're an equal branch of government, and she reminded the president we're no longer a cheap date."
Added Rep. James P. Moran Jr. (D-Va.), a member of the Appropriations subcommittee responsible for war funding: "She's got a hot hand right now. We want to make sure she keeps that momentum going."
For many Democrats, the standoffs on terrorist surveillance and the Colombia trade deal have been eye-opening for their lack of political fallout.
Republicans continue to say that Democratic opposition to the surveillance bill has jeopardized national security and strengthened al-Qaeda, and that failure to pass the U.S.-Colombia agreement has bolstered Hugo Chávez in Venezuela and Raúl Castro in Cuba. But national security arguments that in the past have buckled Democratic opposition have had little impact this time.
"I think that the president has finally realized that the leverage has changed," Pelosi said. "That is the question: Who has the leverage? I think the president realizes now that we do."
In large part, Pelosi's new resolve comes from a changing political environment, according to Democratic aides. With the economy slowing, the war dragging on and Bush's popularity ratings as low as ever, swing-state Democrats are finding their reelection prospects improving steadily. That has given Pelosi more latitude in her confrontations with Republicans.
The economic downturn also has put the war funding fight in a new light, with domestic concerns now weighed against foreign policy ventures. Record gasoline prices have made assistance to oil-rich Iraq more difficult for lawmakers of both parties to accept.
"The Iraqi government has been grotesquely irresponsible with the money we have given them," grumbled Sen. Judd Gregg (R-N.H.).
Pelosi's allies also say the speaker's allegiance to the House and its prerogatives should not be discounted. "Many in this town continue to underestimate her commitment to this institution and her toughness," said Rep. George Miller (D-Calif.), one of Pelosi's closest lieutenants.
Republican leaders still say Pelosi's stands on warrantless surveillance and Colombia have put her on the wrong side of public opinion and are doing real damage to the economy and national security.
"If they're feeling their oats, I wish they'd feel them in areas that are less dangerous to the country," said House Minority Whip Roy Blunt (R-Mo.).
There is no question, however, that Pelosi's battles with Bush have buoyed House Democratic spirits. In the next two weeks her resolve will be put to the test.
By month's end, House Democrats plan to produce a major supplemental spending bill -- totaling as much as $170 billion -- to fund the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan into the next presidency, channel more federal money to the ailing domestic economy and set policies that they hope will begin to move U.S. troops out of the Middle East.
"I think it's important for the government of Iraq to know that they're going to have to take responsibility for the security of their own country, and soon," Pelosi said. "And that's why the message in a supplemental or something else about redeployment is essential to this, or else they will never move."
Democratic leaders have repeatedly said that, in the end, U.S. troops in the field will be funded. But expectations are high that finally Congress will be able to extract a significant policy concession for that money.
Win Without War, a coalition of 42 groups, is circulating a letter declaring that "it is past time to bring the Iraq war to an end" and that "the best course of action in the upcoming defense supplemental appropriations bill is to provide funding only for the safe and timely redeployment of U.S. troops out of Iraq."
Antiwar Democrats are girding for a two-front battle. First, they want to beat back efforts to add popular domestic spending to any war funding, which would bolster support for the underlying bill. Then they want to stop any funding for the continuation of combat in Iraq.
"We have two examples of what can happen when the caucus is unified enough to say no," said Rep. Barbara Lee (D-Calif.), a founder of the Out of Iraq Caucus.
Democrats -- and many Republicans -- have made clear in recent days that Bush cannot expect to get what he has demanded: a $108 billion war funding bill that hews to the letter of his request -- no added domestic spending, no curtailment of his war-making authority.
Members of both parties in the House and Senate introduced legislation this week to give Iraq additional reconstruction aid in loans, not grants, and to force an Iraqi government flush with petrodollars to assume more of the cost of training and equipping its own forces.
"The time has come to end this blank-check policy and require the Iraqis to invest in their own future," Sens. Evan Bayh (D-Ind.), Susan Collins (R-Maine) and Ben Nelson (D-Neb.) wrote Thursday in a letter to Defense Secretary Robert M. Gates, Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice and Senate leaders.
At a contentious Senate hearing Wednesday, White House budget director Jim Nussle warned that Bush "will veto any attempt to hijack this much-needed troop funding bill" with domestic spending.
To that, incredulous senators from both parties had a similar response: Tough.
"I will recommend adding significant funds for infrastructure to create jobs in the short term and promote a growing economy in the long term," said Sen. Robert C. Byrd (D-W.Va.), chairman of the Appropriations Committee.
House leadership is likely to prohibit permanent military bases in Iraq, torture by any government agency, and the deployment of troops into combat before they have rested at least as long as their previous combat tour. Senate Democrats will try to add billions of dollars of education benefits for returning troops.
But Pelosi aides and allies have been quick to say that antiwar activists should not believe that because of the two earlier victories, Pelosi will stop a vote on war funding.
"It's an entirely different issue," Miller said.
Republicans relish yet another instance of Democrats trying and failing to affect war policy, only to end up fighting bitterly among themselves.
"The war spending bill will go just exactly the way they have gone before," Blunt predicted. "The Democrats will fund the troops. We're not going to do any additional spending as long as the president holds the line, and they will be right back where they were."
© 2008 The Washington Post Company

Bush Still Waits for North Korean Nuclear Report

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/20/washington/20prexy.html
April 20, 2008
Bush Still Waits for North Korean Nuclear Report
By STEVEN LEE MYERS [bush white house] [president Bush] [almost certainly NSC vetted] [Vulcan versus tradional internationalists] [Bush’s seeming tether to the traditional internationalists on DPRK] [sec state Rice, Chirs Hill, Negroponte, possibly IC princpals] [same old box that Clinton found himself in with DPRK but much earlier in his administration] [Bush has legacy now on his mind] [followup] [use ir text] [see today’s external for piece on U.S.-ROK-DPRK] ] [****]
CAMP DAVID, Md. — President Bush on Saturday dismissed assertions that his administration had softened demands that North Korea fully declare all of its nuclear activities, including secret efforts to enrich uranium and sell nuclear technology abroad.

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/20/washington/20prexy.html
April 20, 2008
Bush Still Waits for North Korean Nuclear Report
By STEVEN LEE MYERS [bush white house] [president Bush] [almost certainly NSC vetted] [Vulcan versus tradional internationalists] [Bush’s seeming tether to the traditional internationalists on DPRK] [sec state Rice, Chirs Hill, Negroponte, possibly IC princpals] [same old box that Clinton found himself in with DPRK but much earlier in his administration] [Bush has legacy now on his mind] [followup] [use ir text] [see today’s external for piece on U.S.-ROK-DPRK] ] [****]
CAMP DAVID, Md. — President Bush on Saturday dismissed assertions that his administration had softened demands that North Korea fully declare all of its nuclear activities, including secret efforts to enrich uranium and sell nuclear technology abroad.
Appearing here at the presidential retreat with South Korea’s new president, Lee Myung-bak, Mr. Bush said that any judgment about North Korea’s willingness to dismantle its nuclear program — the core of an agreement negotiated last year — would only come once North Korea completed a declaration of its nuclear activities.
The deadline for that declaration passed at the end of last year, and no new deadline has been set. That has left the agreement signed 14 months ago by North and South Korea, the United States, China, Japan and Russia increasingly in doubt.
Mr. Bush, facing criticism from some conservatives, distanced himself from statements by administration officials that the United States and other countries were prepared to accept something less than a full admission about North Korea’s secret nuclear programs. [*********] [to oversimplify a bit: the Vulcans are intent on changing regimes while the traditional internationalists would probably be statisfied if they could change regime’s behavior] [the key is in achieving the latter, how to verify a) that behavior actually changed, and b) that it will remain changed rather than change for the sake of short-term expediency] [the Vulcans say we have a sure-fire way of addressing those unknowns: change the regime!] [**********]
“Look, we’re going to make a judgment as to whether North Korea has met its obligations to account for its nuclear program and activities, as well as meet its obligations to disable its reactor,” Mr. Bush said, referring to North Korea’s known plutonium reactor in Yongbyon. “In other words, we’ll see. The burden of proof is theirs.”
In recent weeks, American and Asian officials have said that the United States was prepared to postpone a demand that North Korea account for a fledging uranium program operated in addition to the plutonium enrichment it has acknowledged and has begun to dismantle. The officials said the United States would also relax a demand that North Korea admit that it supplied technology to Syria, including components for a nuclear reactor that Israeli jets destroyed last September.
The senior director for Asian Affairs on the National Security Council, Dennis Wilder, said on Thursday that the declarations regarding proliferation and uranium would be negotiated separately with the United States and would not be part of the main declaration called for in last year’s agreement.
Mr. Lee, a conservative who was elected in December, echoed Mr. Bush’s position. He insisted that “under no circumstances” would North Korea be allowed to retain possession of nuclear weapons. [stroke of luck for Bush perhaps] [his conservative, hradline credentials are unassailable whereas the previous Kims were both suspect by some in the US] [********]
He also urged patience, though, saying that a negotiated settlement remained the best option to dismantle the North Korean nuclear arsenal. North Korea tested a nuclear bomb in 2006 and is estimated to have enough material to assemble several more weapons.
Neither Mr. Lee nor Mr. Bush indicated how long they would be willing to give North Korea to make its declaration.
“It’s difficult to convince North Korea to give up its nuclear weapons,” Mr. Lee said, speaking through a translator, “but it is not impossible.”
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

Behind Military Analysts, the Pentagon’s Hidden Hand

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/20/washington/20generals.html
April 20, 2008
Message Machine
Behind Military Analysts, the Pentagon’s Hidden Hand
By DAVID BARSTOW [bush white house] [NSC principals] [bureaucratic muscle as the bureaucracy begins to realize Bush is gone and can’t touch them!] [dod, pentagon, IC, state] [how key national-secureity bureaucracies have run public diplomacy campaigns against the American people] [of ocurse the use propaganda and certain elements of the media are their conduits at times] [to do so, they have to be critical of things from time to time but watch what they criticize and what they never criticize] [use nsc] [use psci 455] [*******]
In the summer of 2005, the Bush administration confronted a fresh wave of criticism over Guantánamo Bay. The detention center had just been branded “the gulag of our times” by Amnesty International, there were new allegations of abuse from United Nations human rights experts and calls were mounting for its closure.

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/20/washington/20generals.html
April 20, 2008
Message Machine
Behind Military Analysts, the Pentagon’s Hidden Hand
By DAVID BARSTOW [bush white house] [NSC principals] [bureaucratic muscle as the bureaucracy begins to realize Bush is gone and can’t touch them!] [dod, pentagon, IC, state] [how key national-secureity bureaucracies have run public diplomacy campaigns against the American people] [of ocurse the use propaganda and certain elements of the media are their conduits at times] [to do so, they have to be critical of things from time to time but watch what they criticize and what they never criticize] [use nsc] [use psci 455] [*******]
In the summer of 2005, the Bush administration confronted a fresh wave of criticism over Guantánamo Bay. The detention center had just been branded “the gulag of our times” by Amnesty International, there were new allegations of abuse from United Nations human rights experts and calls were mounting for its closure.
The administration’s communications experts responded swiftly. Early one Friday morning, they put a group of retired military officers on one of the jets normally used by Vice President Dick Cheney and flew them to Cuba for a carefully orchestrated tour of Guantánamo. [********]
To the public, these men are members of a familiar fraternity, presented tens of thousands of times on television and radio as “military analysts” whose long service has equipped them to give authoritative and unfettered judgments about the most pressing issues of the post-Sept. 11 world.
Hidden behind that appearance of objectivity, though, is a Pentagon information apparatus that has used those analysts in a campaign to generate favorable news coverage of the administration’s wartime performance, [hardly a scoop] [they frequently cite their “inside sources”] [how could anyone possibly think they were being somehow objective?] [they are occasionally critical but against the politicos and not the pentagon] [consider “spider” what’s-his-name?] an examination by The New York Times has found.
The effort, which began with the buildup to the Iraq war and continues to this day, has sought to exploit ideological and military allegiances, and also a powerful financial dynamic: Most of the analysts have ties to military contractors vested in the very war policies they are asked to assess on air.
Those business relationships are hardly ever disclosed to the viewers, and sometimes not even to the networks themselves. But collectively, the men on the plane and several dozen other military analysts represent more than 150 military contractors either as lobbyists, senior executives, board members or consultants. The companies include defense heavyweights, but also scores of smaller companies, all part of a vast assemblage of contractors scrambling for hundreds of billions in military business generated by the administration’s war on terror. It is a furious competition, one in which inside information and easy access to senior officials are highly prized.
Records and interviews show how the Bush administration has used its control over access and information in an effort to transform the analysts into a kind of media Trojan horse — an instrument intended to shape terrorism coverage from inside the major TV and radio networks.
Analysts have been wooed in hundreds of private briefings with senior military leaders, including officials with significant influence over contracting and budget matters, records show. They have been taken on tours of Iraq and given access to classified intelligence. They have been briefed by officials from the White House, State Department and Justice Department, including Mr. Cheney, Alberto R. Gonzales and Stephen J. Hadley.
In turn, members of this group have echoed administration talking points, sometimes even when they suspected the information was false or inflated. Some analysts acknowledge they suppressed doubts because they feared jeopardizing their access.
A few expressed regret for participating in what they regarded as an effort to dupe the American public with propaganda dressed as independent military analysis.
“It was them saying, ‘We need to stick our hands up your back and move your mouth for you,’ ” Robert S. Bevelacqua, a retired Green Beret and former Fox News analyst, said.
Kenneth Allard, a former NBC military analyst who has taught information warfare at the National Defense University, said the campaign amounted to a sophisticated information operation. “This was a coherent, active policy,” [******]he said. [he scarcely hides his leanings] [*******]
As conditions in Iraq deteriorated, Mr. Allard recalled, he saw a yawning gap between what analysts were told in private briefings and what subsequent inquiries and books later revealed.
“Night and day,” Mr. Allard said, “I felt we’d been hosed.” [he’s one of the worst of the bunch in my view] [*******]
The Pentagon defended its relationship with military analysts, saying they had been given only factual information about the war. “The intent and purpose of this is nothing other than an earnest attempt to inform the American people,” Bryan Whitman, a Pentagon spokesman, said.
It was, Mr. Whitman added, “a bit incredible” to think retired military officers could be “wound up” and turned into “puppets of the Defense Department.”
Many analysts strongly denied that they had either been co-opted or had allowed outside business interests to affect their on-air comments, and some have used their platforms to criticize the conduct of the war. Several, like Jeffrey D. McCausland, a CBS military analyst and defense industry lobbyist, said they kept their networks informed of their outside work and recused themselves from coverage that touched on business interests.
“I’m not here representing the administration,” Dr. McCausland said. [true, but the same cannot be said about their respective bureaucracies] [they innately represent them] [there’s nothing even especially insidious about it] [*******88]
Some network officials, meanwhile, acknowledged only a limited understanding of their analysts’ interactions with the administration. They said that while they were sensitive to potential conflicts of interest, they did not hold their analysts to the same ethical standards as their news employees regarding outside financial interests. The onus is on their analysts to disclose conflicts, they said. And whatever the contributions of military analysts, they also noted the many network journalists who have covered the war for years in all its complexity.
Five years into the Iraq war, most details of the architecture and execution of the Pentagon’s campaign have never been disclosed. But The Times successfully sued the Defense Department to gain access to 8,000 pages of e-mail messages, transcripts and records describing years of private briefings, trips to Iraq and Guantánamo and an extensive Pentagon talking points operation.
These records reveal a symbiotic relationship where the usual dividing lines between government and journalism have been obliterated.
Internal Pentagon documents repeatedly refer to the military analysts as “message force multipliers” or “surrogates” who could be counted on to deliver administration “themes and messages” to millions of Americans “in the form of their own opinions.”
Though many analysts are paid network consultants, making $500 to $1,000 per appearance, in Pentagon meetings they sometimes spoke as if they were operating behind enemy lines, interviews and transcripts show. Some offered the Pentagon tips on how to outmaneuver the networks, or as one analyst put it to Donald H. Rumsfeld, then the defense secretary, “the Chris Matthewses and the Wolf Blitzers of the world.” Some warned of planned stories or sent the Pentagon copies of their correspondence with network news executives. Many — although certainly not all — faithfully echoed talking points intended to counter critics. [*********]
“Good work,” Thomas G. McInerney, a retired Air Force general, consultant and Fox News analyst, wrote to the Pentagon after receiving fresh talking points in late 2006. “We will use it.”
Again and again, records show, the administration has enlisted analysts as a rapid reaction force to rebut what it viewed as critical news coverage, some of it by the networks’ own Pentagon correspondents. [they seem to be drawing the inference that politicos inside the administration are the impetus] [more likely, bureaucratic motivations pure and simple] [*******] For example, when news articles revealed that troops in Iraq were dying because of inadequate body armor, a senior Pentagon official wrote to his colleagues: “I think our analysts — properly armed — can push back in that arena.”
The documents released by the Pentagon do not show any quid pro quo between commentary and contracts. But some analysts said they had used the special access as a marketing and networking opportunity or as a window into future business possibilities.
John C. Garrett is a retired Army colonel and unpaid analyst for Fox News TV and radio. He is also a lobbyist at Patton Boggs who helps firms win Pentagon contracts, including in Iraq. In promotional materials, he states that as a military analyst he “is privy to weekly access and briefings with the secretary of defense, chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff and other high level policy makers in the administration.” One client told investors that Mr. Garrett’s special access and decades of experience helped him “to know in advance — and in detail — how best to meet the needs” of the Defense Department and other agencies.
In interviews Mr. Garrett said there was an inevitable overlap between his dual roles. He said he had gotten “information you just otherwise would not get,” from the briefings and three Pentagon-sponsored trips to Iraq. He also acknowledged using this access and information to identify opportunities for clients. “You can’t help but look for that,” he said, adding, “If you know a capability that would fill a niche or need, you try to fill it. “That’s good for everybody.”
At the same time, in e-mail messages to the Pentagon, Mr. Garrett displayed an eagerness to be supportive with his television and radio commentary. “Please let me know if you have any specific points you want covered or that you would prefer to downplay,” he wrote in January 2007, before President Bush went on TV to describe the surge strategy in Iraq.
Conversely, the administration has demonstrated that there is a price for sustained criticism, many analysts said. “You’ll lose all access,” Dr. McCausland said.
With a majority of Americans calling the war a mistake despite all administration attempts to sway public opinion, the Pentagon has focused in the last couple of years on cultivating in particular military analysts frequently seen and heard in conservative news outlets, records and interviews show.
Some of these analysts were on the mission to Cuba on June 24, 2005 — the first of six such Guantánamo trips — which was designed to mobilize analysts against the growing perception of Guantánamo as an international symbol of inhumane treatment. On the flight to Cuba, for much of the day at Guantánamo and on the flight home that night, Pentagon officials briefed the 10 or so analysts on their key messages — how much had been spent improving the facility, the abuse endured by guards, the extensive rights afforded detainees. [just as were several pundits flown to –iraq after months of “surge” including O’Hanlon, Polick, Cordesman, . . .] [************]
The results came quickly. The analysts went on TV and radio, decrying Amnesty International, criticizing calls to close the facility and asserting that all detainees were treated humanely.
“The impressions that you’re getting from the media and from the various pronouncements being made by people who have not been here in my opinion are totally false,” Donald W. Shepperd, a retired Air Force general, reported live on CNN by phone from Guantánamo that same afternoon.
The next morning, Montgomery Meigs, a retired Army general and NBC analyst, appeared on “Today.” “There’s been over $100 million of new construction,” he reported. “The place is very professionally run.”
Within days, transcripts of the analysts’ appearances were circulated to senior White House and Pentagon officials, cited as evidence of progress in the battle for hearts and minds at home.
Charting the Campaign
By early 2002, detailed planning for a possible Iraq invasion was under way, yet an obstacle loomed. Many Americans, polls showed, were uneasy about invading a country with no clear connection to the Sept. 11 attacks. Pentagon and White House officials believed the military analysts could play a crucial role in helping overcome this resistance.
Torie Clarke, the former public relations executive who oversaw the Pentagon’s dealings with the analysts as assistant secretary of defense for public affairs, had come to her job with distinct ideas about achieving what she called “information dominance.” In a spin-saturated news culture, she argued, opinion is swayed most by voices perceived as authoritative and utterly independent.
And so even before Sept. 11, she built a system within the Pentagon to recruit “key influentials” — movers and shakers from all walks who with the proper ministrations might be counted on to generate support for Mr. Rumsfeld’s priorities.
In the months after Sept. 11, as every network rushed to retain its own all-star squad of retired military officers, Ms. Clarke and her staff sensed a new opportunity. To Ms. Clarke’s team, the military analysts were the ultimate “key influential” — authoritative, most of them decorated war heroes, all reaching mass audiences.
The analysts, they noticed, often got more airtime than network reporters, and they were not merely explaining the capabilities of Apache helicopters. They were framing how viewers ought to interpret events. What is more, while the analysts were in the news media, they were not of the news media. They were military men, many of them ideologically in sync with the administration’s neoconservative brain trust, many of them important players in a military industry anticipating large budget increases to pay for an Iraq war.
Even analysts with no defense industry ties, and no fondness for the administration, were reluctant to be critical of military leaders, many of whom were friends. “It is very hard for me to criticize the United States Army,” said William L. Nash, a retired Army general and ABC analyst. “It is my life.”
Other administrations had made sporadic, small-scale attempts to build relationships with the occasional military analyst. But these were trifling compared with what Ms. Clarke’s team had in mind. Don Meyer, an aide to Ms. Clarke, said a strategic decision was made in 2002 to make the analysts the main focus of the public relations push to construct a case for war. Journalists were secondary. “We didn’t want to rely on them to be our primary vehicle to get information out,” Mr. Meyer said.
The Pentagon’s regular press office would be kept separate from the military analysts. The analysts would instead be catered to by a small group of political appointees, with the point person being Brent T. Krueger, another senior aide to Ms. Clarke. The decision recalled other administration tactics that subverted traditional journalism. Federal agencies, for example, have paid columnists to write favorably about the administration. They have distributed to local TV stations hundreds of fake news segments with fawning accounts of administration accomplishments. The Pentagon itself has made covert payments to Iraqi newspapers to publish coalition propaganda.
Rather than complain about the “media filter,” each of these techniques simply converted the filter into an amplifier. This time, Mr. Krueger said, the military analysts would in effect be “writing the op-ed” for the war.
Assembling the Team
From the start, interviews show, the White House took a keen interest in which analysts had been identified by the Pentagon, requesting lists of potential recruits, and suggesting names. Ms. Clarke’s team wrote summaries describing their backgrounds, business affiliations and where they stood on the war.
“Rumsfeld ultimately cleared off on all invitees,” said Mr. Krueger, who left the Pentagon in 2004. (Through a spokesman, Mr. Rumsfeld declined to comment for this article.)
Over time, the Pentagon recruited more than 75 retired officers, although some participated only briefly or sporadically. The largest contingent was affiliated with Fox News, followed by NBC and CNN, [again, evidence of bureaucracy more than white house politicos] [******] the other networks with 24-hour cable outlets. But analysts from CBS and ABC were included, too. Some recruits, though not on any network payroll, were influential in other ways — either because they were sought out by radio hosts, or because they often published op-ed articles or were quoted in magazines, Web sites and newspapers. At least nine of them have written op-ed articles for The Times.
The group was heavily represented by men involved in the business of helping companies win military contracts. Several held senior positions with contractors that gave them direct responsibility for winning new Pentagon business. James Marks, a retired Army general and analyst for CNN from 2004 to 2007, pursued military and intelligence contracts as a senior executive with McNeil Technologies. Still others held board positions with military firms that gave them responsibility for government business. General McInerney, the Fox analyst, for example, sits on the boards of several military contractors, including Nortel Government Solutions, a supplier of communication networks.
Several were defense industry lobbyists, such as Dr. McCausland, who works at Buchanan Ingersoll & Rooney, a major lobbying firm where he is director of a national security team that represents several military contractors. “We offer clients access to key decision makers,” Dr. McCausland’s team promised on the firm’s Web site.
Dr. McCausland was not the only analyst making this pledge. Another was Joseph W. Ralston, a retired Air Force general. Soon after signing on with CBS, General Ralston was named vice chairman of the Cohen Group, a consulting firm headed by a former defense secretary, William Cohen, himself now a “world affairs” analyst for CNN. “The Cohen Group knows that getting to ‘yes’ in the aerospace and defense market — whether in the United States or abroad — requires that companies have a thorough, up-to-date understanding of the thinking of government decision makers,” the company tells prospective clients on its Web site.
There were also ideological ties.
Two of NBC’s most prominent analysts, Barry R. McCaffrey and the late Wayne A. Downing, were on the advisory board of the Committee for the Liberation of Iraq, an advocacy group created with White House encouragement in 2002 to help make the case for ousting Saddam Hussein. Both men also had their own consulting firms and sat on the boards of major military contractors. [okay, in this case true but rare] [also both generals had reputations quite apart from the administration that they were protecting] [how exploitable were they?] [only insofar as it furthered their own causes] [*******]
Many also shared with Mr. Bush’s national security team a belief that pessimistic war coverage broke the nation’s will to win in Vietnam, and there was a mutual resolve not to let that happen with this war.
This was a major theme, for example, with Paul E. Vallely, a Fox News analyst from 2001 to 2007. A retired Army general who had specialized in psychological warfare, Mr. Vallely co-authored a paper in 1980 that accused American news organizations of failing to defend the nation from “enemy” propaganda during Vietnam.
“We lost the war — not because we were outfought, but because we were out Psyoped,” he wrote. He urged a radically new approach to psychological operations in future wars — taking aim at not just foreign adversaries but domestic audiences, too. He called his approach “MindWar” — using network TV and radio to “strengthen our national will to victory.”
The Selling of the War
From their earliest sessions with the military analysts, Mr. Rumsfeld and his aides spoke as if they were all part of the same team.
In interviews, participants described a powerfully seductive environment — the uniformed escorts to Mr. Rumsfeld’s private conference room, the best government china laid out, the embossed name cards, the blizzard of PowerPoints, the solicitations of advice and counsel, the appeals to duty and country, the warm thank you notes from the secretary himself.
“Oh, you have no idea,” Mr. Allard said, describing the effect. “You’re back. They listen to you. They listen to what you say on TV.” It was, he said, “psyops on steroids” — a nuanced exercise in influence through flattery and proximity. “It’s not like it’s, ‘We’ll pay you $500 to get our story out,’ ” he said. “It’s more subtle.”
The access came with a condition. Participants were instructed not to quote their briefers directly or otherwise describe their contacts with the Pentagon.
In the fall and winter leading up to the invasion, the Pentagon armed its analysts with talking points portraying Iraq as an urgent threat. The basic case became a familiar mantra: Iraq possessed chemical and biological weapons, was developing nuclear weapons, and might one day slip some to Al Qaeda; an invasion would be a relatively quick and inexpensive “war of liberation.” [here I get the sense the the print media is trying to rewrite history] [they too did not do their job] [they too allowed the administration to roll over any dissent] [where was the 4th estate?] [**********]
At the Pentagon, members of Ms. Clarke’s staff marveled at the way the analysts seamlessly incorporated material from talking points and briefings as if it was their own.
“You could see that they were messaging,” Mr. Krueger said. “You could see they were taking verbatim what the secretary was saying or what the technical specialists were saying. And they were saying it over and over and over.” Some days, he added, “We were able to click on every single station and every one of our folks were up there delivering our message. You’d look at them and say, ‘This is working.’ ”
On April 12, 2003, with major combat almost over, Mr. Rumsfeld drafted a memorandum to Ms. Clarke. “Let’s think about having some of the folks who did such a good job as talking heads in after this thing is over,” he wrote.
By summer, though, the first signs of the insurgency had emerged. Reports from journalists based in Baghdad were increasingly suffused with the imagery of mayhem.
The Pentagon did not have to search far for a counterweight.
It was time, an internal Pentagon strategy memorandum urged, to “re-energize surrogates and message-force multipliers,” starting with the military analysts.
The memorandum led to a proposal to take analysts on a tour of Iraq in September 2003, timed to help overcome the sticker shock from Mr. Bush’s request for $87 billion in emergency war financing.
The group included four analysts from Fox News, one each from CNN and ABC, and several research-group luminaries whose opinion articles appear regularly in the nation’s op-ed pages.
The trip invitation promised a look at “the real situation on the ground in Iraq.”
The situation, as described in scores of books, was deteriorating. L. Paul Bremer III, then the American viceroy in Iraq, wrote in his memoir, “My Year in Iraq,” that he had privately warned the White House that the United States had “about half the number of soldiers we needed here.”
“We’re up against a growing and sophisticated threat,” Mr. Bremer recalled telling the president during a private White House dinner.
That dinner took place on Sept. 24, while the analysts were touring Iraq.
Yet these harsh realities were elided, or flatly contradicted, during the official presentations for the analysts, records show. The itinerary, scripted to the minute, featured brief visits to a model school, a few refurbished government buildings, a center for women’s rights, a mass grave and even the gardens of Babylon.
Mostly the analysts attended briefings. These sessions, records show, spooled out an alternative narrative, depicting an Iraq bursting with political and economic energy, its security forces blossoming. On the crucial question of troop levels, the briefings echoed the White House line: No reinforcements were needed. The “growing and sophisticated threat” described by Mr. Bremer was instead depicted as degraded, isolated and on the run.
“We’re winning,” a briefing document proclaimed.
One trip participant, General Nash of ABC, said some briefings were so clearly “artificial” that he joked to another group member that they were on “the George Romney memorial trip to Iraq,” a reference to Mr. Romney’s infamous claim that American officials had “brainwashed” him into supporting the Vietnam War during a tour there in 1965, while he was governor of Michigan.
But if the trip pounded the message of progress, it also represented a business opportunity: direct access to the most senior civilian and military leaders in Iraq and Kuwait, including many with a say in how the president’s $87 billion would be spent. It also was a chance to gather inside information about the most pressing needs confronting the American mission: the acute shortages of “up-armored” Humvees; the billions to be spent building military bases; the urgent need for interpreters; and the ambitious plans to train Iraq’s security forces.
Information and access of this nature had undeniable value for trip participants like William V. Cowan and Carlton A. Sherwood.
Mr. Cowan, a Fox analyst and retired Marine colonel, was the chief executive of a new military firm, the wvc3 Group. Mr. Sherwood was its executive vice president. At the time, the company was seeking contracts worth tens of millions to supply body armor and counterintelligence services in Iraq. In addition, wvc3 Group had a written agreement to use its influence and connections to help tribal leaders in Al Anbar Province win reconstruction contracts from the coalition.
“Those sheiks wanted access to the C.P.A.,” Mr. Cowan recalled in an interview, referring to the Coalition Provisional Authority.
Mr. Cowan said he pleaded their cause during the trip. “I tried to push hard with some of Bremer’s people to engage these people of Al Anbar,” he said.
Back in Washington, Pentagon officials kept a nervous eye on how the trip translated on the airwaves. Uncomfortable facts had bubbled up during the trip. One briefer, for example, mentioned that the Army was resorting to packing inadequately armored Humvees with sandbags and Kevlar blankets. Descriptions of the Iraqi security forces were withering. “They can’t shoot, but then again, they don’t,” one officer told them, according to one participant’s notes.
“I saw immediately in 2003 that things were going south,” General Vallely, one of the Fox analysts on the trip, recalled in an interview with The Times.
The Pentagon, though, need not have worried.
“You can’t believe the progress,” General Vallely told Alan Colmes of Fox News upon his return. He predicted the insurgency would be “down to a few numbers” within months.
“We could not be more excited, more pleased,” Mr. Cowan told Greta Van Susteren of Fox News. There was barely a word about armor shortages or corrupt Iraqi security forces. And on the key strategic question of the moment — whether to send more troops — the analysts were unanimous.
“I am so much against adding more troops,” General Shepperd said on CNN.
Access and Influence
Inside the Pentagon and at the White House, the trip was viewed as a masterpiece in the management of perceptions, not least because it gave fuel to complaints that “mainstream” journalists were ignoring the good news in Iraq. [bingo] [the media do this all the time] [they censor themsevels for subsequent access] [*****]
“We’re hitting a home run on this trip,” a senior Pentagon official wrote in an e-mail message to Richard B. Myers and Peter Pace, then chairman and vice chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff.
Its success only intensified the Pentagon’s campaign. The pace of briefings accelerated. More trips were organized. Eventually the effort involved officials from Washington to Baghdad to Kabul to Guantánamo and back to Tampa, Fla., the headquarters of United States Central Command.
The scale reflected strong support from the top. When officials in Iraq were slow to organize another trip for analysts, a Pentagon official fired off an e-mail message warning that the trips “have the highest levels of visibility” at the White House and urging them to get moving before Lawrence Di Rita, one of Mr. Rumsfeld’s closest aides, “picks up the phone and starts calling the 4-stars.” [big deal] [the military officers of that rank have long been expected to be politically saavy] [I cannot remember how many times I’ve read that political acumen was what distinguished General Powell] [he knew how to read his commander in chief, his secretary of defense, other NSC principals, as well as his CINCs!] [not a big shock] [**********]
Mr. Di Rita, no longer at the Defense Department, said in an interview that a “conscious decision” was made to rely on the military analysts to counteract “the increasingly negative view of the war” coming from journalists in Iraq. The analysts, he said, generally had “a more supportive view” of the administration and the war, and the combination of their TV platforms and military cachet made them ideal for rebutting critical coverage of issues like troop morale, treatment of detainees, inadequate equipment or poorly trained Iraqi security forces. “On those issues, they were more likely to be seen as credible spokesmen,” he said.
For analysts with military industry ties, the attention brought access to a widening circle of influential officials beyond the contacts they had accumulated over the course of their careers.
Charles T. Nash, a Fox military analyst and retired Navy captain, is a consultant who helps small companies break into the military market. Suddenly, he had entree to a host of senior military leaders, many of whom he had never met. It was, he said, like being embedded with the Pentagon leadership. “You start to recognize what’s most important to them,” he said, adding, “There’s nothing like seeing stuff firsthand.”
Some Pentagon officials said they were well aware that some analysts viewed their special access as a business advantage. “Of course we realized that,” Mr. Krueger said. “We weren’t naïve about that.”
They also understood the financial relationship between the networks and their analysts. Many analysts were being paid by the “hit,” the number of times they appeared on TV. The more an analyst could boast of fresh inside information from high-level Pentagon “sources,” the more hits he could expect. The more hits, the greater his potential influence in the military marketplace, where several analysts prominently advertised their network roles.
“They have taken lobbying and the search for contracts to a far higher level,” Mr. Krueger said. “This has been highly honed.”
Mr. Di Rita, though, said it never occurred to him that analysts might use their access to curry favor. Nor, he said, did the Pentagon try to exploit this dynamic. “That’s not something that ever crossed my mind,” he said. In any event, he argued, the analysts and the networks were the ones responsible for any ethical complications. “We assume they know where the lines are,” he said.
The analysts met personally with Mr. Rumsfeld at least 18 times, records show, but that was just the beginning. They had dozens more sessions with the most senior members of his brain trust and access to officials responsible for managing the billions being spent in Iraq. [*****] Other groups of “key influentials” had meetings, but not nearly as often as the analysts. [easy to see how this could be viewed as a white house cabal when it was much more likely a pentagon cabal for perfectly understandable reasons] [those who do not expect this sort of bureaucratic self help are short selling how sophisticated the national-security bureaucracy has evolved] [***********]
An internal memorandum in 2005 helped explain why. The memorandum, written by a Pentagon official who had accompanied analysts to Iraq, said that based on her observations during the trip, the analysts “are having a greater impact” on network coverage of the military. “They have now become the go-to guys not only on breaking stories, but they influence the views on issues,” she wrote.
Other branches of the administration also began to make use of the analysts. Mr. Gonzales, then the attorney general, met with them soon after news leaked that the government was wiretapping terrorism suspects in the United States without warrants, Pentagon records show. When David H. Petraeus was appointed the commanding general in Iraq in January 2007, one of his early acts was to meet with the analysts.
“We knew we had extraordinary access,” said Timur J. Eads, a retired Army lieutenant colonel and Fox analyst who is vice president of government relations for Blackbird Technologies, a fast-growing military contractor.
Like several other analysts, Mr. Eads said he had at times held his tongue on television for fear that “some four-star could call up and say, ‘Kill that contract.’ ” For example, he believed Pentagon officials misled the analysts about the progress of Iraq’s security forces. “I know a snow job when I see one,” he said. He did not share this on TV.
“Human nature,” he explained, though he noted other instances when he was critical. [******]
Some analysts said that even before the war started, they privately had questions about the justification for the invasion, but were careful not to express them on air.
Mr. Bevelacqua, then a Fox analyst, was among those invited to a briefing in early 2003 about Iraq’s purported stockpiles of illicit weapons. He recalled asking the briefer whether the United States had “smoking gun” proof.
“ ‘We don’t have any hard evidence,’ ” Mr. Bevelacqua recalled the briefer replying. He said he and other analysts were alarmed by this concession. “We are looking at ourselves saying, ‘What are we doing?’ ”
Another analyst, Robert L. Maginnis, a retired Army lieutenant colonel who works in the Pentagon for a military contractor, attended the same briefing and recalled feeling “very disappointed” after being shown satellite photographs purporting to show bunkers associated with a hidden weapons program. Mr. Maginnis said he concluded that the analysts were being “manipulated” to convey a false sense of certainty about the evidence of the weapons. Yet he and Mr. Bevelacqua and the other analysts who attended the briefing did not share any misgivings with the American public.
Mr. Bevelacqua and another Fox analyst, Mr. Cowan, had formed the wvc3 Group, and hoped to win military and national security contracts.
“There’s no way I was going to go down that road and get completely torn apart,” Mr. Bevelacqua said. “You’re talking about fighting a huge machine.”
Some e-mail messages between the Pentagon and the analysts reveal an implicit trade of privileged access for favorable coverage. Robert H. Scales Jr., a retired Army general and analyst for Fox News and National Public Radio whose consulting company advises several military firms on weapons and tactics used in Iraq, wanted the Pentagon to approve high-level briefings for him inside Iraq in 2006.
“Recall the stuff I did after my last visit,” he wrote. “I will do the same this time.”
Pentagon Keeps Tabs
As it happened, the analysts’ news media appearances were being closely monitored. The Pentagon paid a private contractor, Omnitec Solutions, hundreds of thousands of dollars to scour databases for any trace of the analysts, be it a segment on “The O’Reilly Factor” or an interview with The Daily Inter Lake in Montana, circulation 20,000. [nor is that surprising when the boss, Rummy, early on criticized the embedded generals for getting the invasion-toppling so wrong] [in fact, they were uttering absolutely critical caution as they knew that overthrowing Saddam was a relatively easy issue] [not so easy putting humpty dumpty back together again!] [**********]
Omnitec evaluated their appearances using the same tools as corporate branding experts. One report, assessing the impact of several trips to Iraq in 2005, offered example after example of analysts echoing Pentagon themes on all the networks.
“Commentary from all three Iraq trips was extremely positive over all,” the report concluded.
In interviews, several analysts reacted with dismay when told they were described as reliable “surrogates” in Pentagon documents. And some asserted that their Pentagon sessions were, as David L. Grange, a retired Army general and CNN analyst put it, “just upfront information,” while others pointed out, accurately, that they did not always agree with the administration or each other. “None of us drink the Kool-Aid,” General Scales said.
Likewise, several also denied using their special access for business gain. “Not related at all,” General Shepperd said, pointing out that many in the Pentagon held CNN “in the lowest esteem.”
Still, even the mildest of criticism could draw a challenge. Several analysts told of fielding telephone calls from displeased defense officials only minutes after being on the air.
On Aug. 3, 2005, 14 marines died in Iraq. That day, Mr. Cowan, who said he had grown increasingly uncomfortable with the “twisted version of reality” being pushed on analysts in briefings, called the Pentagon to give “a heads-up” that some of his comments on Fox “may not all be friendly,” Pentagon records show. Mr. Rumsfeld’s senior aides quickly arranged a private briefing for him, yet when he told Bill O’Reilly that the United States was “not on a good glide path right now” in Iraq, the repercussions were swift.
Mr. Cowan said he was “precipitously fired from the analysts group” for this appearance. The Pentagon, he wrote in an e-mail message, “simply didn’t like the fact that I wasn’t carrying their water.” The next day James T. Conway, then director of operations for the Joint Chiefs, presided over another conference call with analysts. He urged them, a transcript shows, not to let the marines’ deaths further erode support for the war. [they played hardball with access] [I’m shocked] [Not!] [***********0]
“The strategic target remains our population,” General Conway said. “We can lose people day in and day out, but they’re never going to beat our military. What they can and will do if they can is strip away our support. And you guys can help us not let that happen.”
“General, I just made that point on the air,” an analyst replied.
“Let’s work it together, guys,” General Conway urged.
The Generals’ Revolt
The full dimensions of this mutual embrace were perhaps never clearer than in April 2006, after several of Mr. Rumsfeld’s former generals — none of them network military analysts — went public with devastating critiques of his wartime performance. Some called for his resignation.
On Friday, April 14, with what came to be called the “Generals’ Revolt” dominating headlines, Mr. Rumsfeld instructed aides to summon military analysts to a meeting with him early the next week, records show. When an aide urged a short delay to “give our big guys on the West Coast a little more time to buy a ticket and get here,” Mr. Rumsfeld’s office insisted that “the boss” wanted the meeting fast “for impact on the current story.”
That same day, Pentagon officials helped two Fox analysts, General McInerney and General Vallely, write an opinion article for The Wall Street Journal defending Mr. Rumsfeld.
“Starting to write it now,” General Vallely wrote to the Pentagon that afternoon. “Any input for the article,” he added a little later, “will be much appreciated.” Mr. Rumsfeld’s office quickly forwarded talking points and statistics to rebut the notion of a spreading revolt.
“Vallely is going to use the numbers,” a Pentagon official reported that afternoon.
The standard secrecy notwithstanding, plans for this session leaked, producing a front-page story in The Times that Sunday. In damage-control mode, Pentagon officials scrambled to present the meeting as routine and directed that communications with analysts be kept “very formal,” records show. “This is very, very sensitive now,” a Pentagon official warned subordinates.
On Tuesday, April 18, some 17 analysts assembled at the Pentagon with Mr. Rumsfeld and General Pace, then the chairman of the Joint Chiefs.
A transcript of that session, never before disclosed, shows a shared determination to marginalize war critics and revive public support for the war.
“I’m an old intel guy,” said one analyst. (The transcript omits speakers’ names.) “And I can sum all of this up, unfortunately, with one word. That is Psyops. Now most people may hear that and they think, ‘Oh my God, they’re trying to brainwash.’ ”
“What are you, some kind of a nut?” Mr. Rumsfeld cut in, drawing laughter. “You don’t believe in the Constitution?”
There was little discussion about the actual criticism pouring forth from Mr. Rumsfeld’s former generals. Analysts argued that opposition to the war was rooted in perceptions fed by the news media, not reality. The administration’s overall war strategy, they counseled, was “brilliant” and “very successful.”
“Frankly,” one participant said, “from a military point of view, the penalty, 2,400 brave Americans whom we lost, 3,000 in an hour and 15 minutes, is relative.”
An analyst said at another point: “This is a wider war. And whether we have democracy in Iraq or not, it doesn’t mean a tinker’s damn if we end up with the result we want, which is a regime over there that’s not a threat to us.”
“Yeah,” Mr. Rumsfeld said, taking notes.
But winning or not, they bluntly warned, the administration was in grave political danger so long as most Americans viewed Iraq as a lost cause. “America hates a loser,” one analyst said.
Much of the session was devoted to ways that Mr. Rumsfeld could reverse the “political tide.” One analyst urged Mr. Rumsfeld to “just crush these people,” and assured him that “most of the gentlemen at the table” would enthusiastically support him if he did.
“You are the leader,” the analyst told Mr. Rumsfeld. “You are our guy.”
At another point, an analyst made a suggestion: “In one of your speeches you ought to say, ‘Everybody stop for a minute and imagine an Iraq ruled by Zarqawi.’ And then you just go down the list and say, ‘All right, we’ve got oil, money, sovereignty, access to the geographic center of gravity of the Middle East, blah, blah, blah.’ If you can just paint a mental picture for Joe America to say, ‘Oh my God, I can’t imagine a world like that.’ ”
Even as they assured Mr. Rumsfeld that they stood ready to help in this public relations offensive, the analysts sought guidance on what they should cite as the next “milestone” that would, as one analyst put it, “keep the American people focused on the idea that we’re moving forward to a positive end.” They placed particular emphasis on the growing confrontation with Iran.
“When you said ‘long war,’ you changed the psyche of the American people to expect this to be a generational event,” an analyst said. “And again, I’m not trying to tell you how to do your job...”
“Get in line,” Mr. Rumsfeld interjected.
The meeting ended and Mr. Rumsfeld, appearing pleased and relaxed, took the entire group into a small study and showed off treasured keepsakes from his life, several analysts recalled.
Soon after, analysts hit the airwaves. The Omnitec monitoring reports, circulated to more than 80 officials, confirmed that analysts repeated many of the Pentagon’s talking points: that Mr. Rumsfeld consulted “frequently and sufficiently” with his generals; that he was not “overly concerned” with the criticisms; that the meeting focused “on more important topics at hand,” including the next milestone in Iraq, the formation of a new government.
Days later, Mr. Rumsfeld wrote a memorandum distilling their collective guidance into bullet points. Two were underlined:
“Focus on the Global War on Terror — not simply Iraq. The wider war — the long war.”
“Link Iraq to Iran. Iran is the concern. If we fail in Iraq or Afghanistan, it will help Iran.”
But if Mr. Rumsfeld found the session instructive, at least one participant, General Nash, the ABC analyst, was repulsed.
“I walked away from that session having total disrespect for my fellow commentators, with perhaps one or two exceptions,” he said. [the hard fact is the revolt worked] [it took time but it caused Bush to begin to see Rummy as a liability] [Card and others confirm it] [I confirm in in my book] [********]
View From the Networks
Two weeks ago General Petraeus took time out from testifying before Congress about Iraq for a conference call with military analysts.
Mr. Garrett, the Fox analyst and Patton Boggs lobbyist, said he told General Petraeus during the call to “keep up the great work.”
“Hey,” Mr. Garrett said in an interview, “anything we can do to help.”
For the moment, though, because of heavy election coverage and general war fatigue, military analysts are not getting nearly as much TV time, and the networks have trimmed their rosters of analysts. The conference call with General Petraeus, for example, produced little in the way of immediate coverage.
Still, almost weekly the Pentagon continues to conduct briefings with selected military analysts. Many analysts said network officials were only dimly aware of these interactions. The networks, they said, have little grasp of how often they meet with senior officials, or what is discussed.
“I don’t think NBC was even aware we were participating,” said Rick Francona, a longtime military analyst for the network.
Some networks publish biographies on their Web sites that describe their analysts’ military backgrounds and, in some cases, give at least limited information about their business ties. But many analysts also said the networks asked few questions about their outside business interests, the nature of their work or the potential for that work to create conflicts of interest. “None of that ever happened,” said Mr. Allard, an NBC analyst until 2006.
“The worst conflict of interest was no interest.”
Mr. Allard and other analysts said their network handlers also raised no objections when the Defense Department began paying their commercial airfare for Pentagon-sponsored trips to Iraq — a clear ethical violation for most news organizations.
CBS News declined to comment on what it knew about its military analysts’ business affiliations or what steps it took to guard against potential conflicts.
NBC News also declined to discuss its procedures for hiring and monitoring military analysts. The network issued a short statement: “We have clear policies in place to assure that the people who appear on our air have been appropriately vetted and that nothing in their profile would lead to even a perception of a conflict of interest.”
Jeffrey W. Schneider, a spokesman for ABC, said that while the network’s military consultants were not held to the same ethical rules as its full-time journalists, they were expected to keep the network informed about any outside business entanglements. “We make it clear to them we expect them to keep us closely apprised,” he said.
A spokeswoman for Fox News said executives “refused to participate” in this article.
CNN requires its military analysts to disclose in writing all outside sources of income. But like the other networks, it does not provide its military analysts with the kind of written, specific ethical guidelines it gives its full-time employees for avoiding real or apparent conflicts of interest.
Yet even where controls exist, they have sometimes proven porous.
CNN, for example, said it was unaware for nearly three years that one of its main military analysts, General Marks, was deeply involved in the business of seeking government contracts, including contracts related to Iraq. [*******]
General Marks was hired by CNN in 2004, about the time he took a management position at McNeil Technologies, where his job was to pursue military and intelligence contracts. As required, General Marks disclosed that he received income from McNeil Technologies. But the disclosure form did not require him to describe what his job entailed, and CNN acknowledges it failed to do additional vetting.
“We did not ask Mr. Marks the follow-up questions we should have,” CNN said in a written statement.
In an interview, General Marks said it was no secret at CNN that his job at McNeil Technologies was about winning contracts. “I mean, that’s what McNeil does,” he said.
CNN, however, said it did not know the nature of McNeil’s military business or what General Marks did for the company. If he was bidding on Pentagon contracts, CNN said, that should have disqualified him from being a military analyst for the network. But in the summer and fall of 2006, even as he was regularly asked to comment on conditions in Iraq, General Marks was working intensively on bidding for a $4.6 billion contract to provide thousands of translators to United States forces in Iraq. In fact, General Marks was made president of the McNeil spin-off that won the huge contract in December 2006.
General Marks said his work on the contract did not affect his commentary on CNN. “I’ve got zero challenge separating myself from a business interest,” he said.
But CNN said it had no idea about his role in the contract until July 2007, when it reviewed his most recent disclosure form, submitted months earlier, and finally made inquiries about his new job.
“We saw the extent of his dealings and determined at that time we should end our relationship with him,” CNN said.
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

U.S. Commanders Seek to Widen Pakistan Attacks

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/20/world/asia/20pstan.html
April 20, 2008
U.S. Commanders Seek to Widen Pakistan Attacks
By MARK MAZZETTI and ERIC SCHMITT [bush white house] [NSC principals] [bureaucratic muscle as the bureaucracy begins to realize Bush is gone and can’t touch them!] [dod, pentagon, IC, state] [military increasingly pushing back on lack of focus on AfPak] [sort of stunning really] [one indication of how far this administration has to reach to grasp reality again] [administration is so certain of –iraq linchpin that it cannot see all the other things happening] [critical question: if-when the U.S. next gets attacked, will we discover it will have originated from –iraq or AfPak?] [clearly, the odds favor the latter yet the administration cannot even come to grips with so ipso facto an argument] [use psci 455] [use nsc] [*******]
WASHINGTON — American commanders in Afghanistan have in recent months urged a widening of the war that could include American attacks on indigenous Pakistani militants in the tribal areas inside Pakistan, [****] [bush and other principals so preoccupied with not losing –iraq, they are not providing imperative political calculus to military contingencies] [*******] [dangerous] according to United States officials.

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/20/world/asia/20pstan.html
April 20, 2008
U.S. Commanders Seek to Widen Pakistan Attacks
By MARK MAZZETTI and ERIC SCHMITT [bush white house] [NSC principals] [bureaucratic muscle as the bureaucracy begins to realize Bush is gone and can’t touch them!] [dod, pentagon, IC, state] [military increasingly pushing back on lack of focus on AfPak] [sort of stunning really] [one indication of how far this administration has to reach to grasp reality again] [administration is so certain of –iraq linchpin that it cannot see all the other things happening] [critical question: if-when the U.S. next gets attacked, will we discover it will have originated from –iraq or AfPak?] [clearly, the odds favor the latter yet the administration cannot even come to grips with so ipso facto an argument] [use psci 455] [use nsc] [*******]
WASHINGTON — American commanders in Afghanistan have in recent months urged a widening of the war that could include American attacks on indigenous Pakistani militants in the tribal areas inside Pakistan, [****] [bush and other principals so preoccupied with not losing –iraq, they are not providing imperative political calculus to military contingencies] [*******] [dangerous] according to United States officials.
The requests have been rebuffed for now, the officials said, after deliberations in Washington among senior Bush administration officials who fear that attacking Pakistani radicals may anger Pakistan’s new government, which is negotiating with the militants, and destabilize an already fragile security situation.
American commanders would prefer that Pakistani forces attack the militants, but Pakistani military operations in the tribal areas have slowed recently to avoid upsetting the negotiations.
Pakistan’s government has given the Central Intelligence Agency limited authority to kill Arab and other foreign operatives in the tribal areas, using remotely piloted Predator aircraft. [all denied by Musharrf though obvious] [the question is how much the new opposition is acception of previous deals?] [********] But administration officials say the Pakistani government has put far greater restrictions on American operations against indigenous Pakistani militant groups, including one thought to have been behind the assassination of former Prime Minister Benazir Bhutto.
American intelligence officials say that the threat emanating from Pakistan’s tribal areas is growing, and that Pakistani networks there have taken on an increasingly important role as an ally of Al Qaeda in plotting attacks against American and other allied troops in Afghanistan, and in helping foreign operatives plan attacks on targets in the West. [let us dare not say we were not warned!] [we have been warned repeatedly since 2002] [another attack is almost certainly coming] [this administration has become to focused on not losing –iraq!] [the U.S. is vulnerable to another 9/11-like attack with devastating economic, psychological, and other effects!!!!!] [4/20/2008 9:49:44 AM] [*****]The officials said the American military’s proposals included options for limited cross-border artillery strikes into Pakistan, missile attacks by Predator aircraft or raids by small teams of C.I.A. paramilitary forces or Special Operations forces.
In recent months, the American military officials in Afghanistan who are urging attacks in Pakistan discussed a list of potential targets with the United States ambassador in Pakistan, Anne W. Patterson, officials said.
The requests by the American commanders for attacks on targets in Pakistan were described by officials who had been briefed on the discussions but who spoke on the condition of anonymity because the discussions involved possible future operations.
The discussions are the latest example of a recurring problem for the White House: that the place where the terrorist threat is most acute is the place where American forces are most restricted from acting.
Officials involved in the debate said that the question of attacking Pakistani militants was especially delicate because some militant leaders were believed to still be on the payroll of Pakistan’s intelligence service, called the Inter-Services Intelligence Directorate, or another part of Pakistan’s intelligence apparatus. Among the groups thought to be targets was one commanded by Sirajuddin Haqqani, son of the legendary militant leader Jalaluddin Haqqani, [******]as well as the network [another network] [***] led by Baitullah Mehsud [*****]that is believed to have been behind Ms. Bhutto’s death.
For years the intelligence services have relied on a web of sources among Pakistani militant groups to collect information on foreign groups like Al Qaeda that have operated in the tribal areas.
A Pentagon adviser said military intelligence officers in Afghanistan had drawn up the detailed list of potential targets that was discussed with Ambassador Patterson. It is unclear which senior officials in Washington were involved in the debate over whether to authorize attacks. [are these targets to be hit before they strikes us—the administration’s oft- and ill-used preemption notion or as punitive only???????] [*********]
One administration official said the internal discussions in Washington involved President Bush’s top national security aides, and took place earlier this year.
Military and intelligence officials say Al Qaeda and its affiliates now have a haven to plan attacks, just as they used camps in Afghanistan before the attacks of Sept. 11, 2001. Gen. Michael V. Hayden, the C.I.A. director, said last month that the security situation along the Afghanistan-Pakistan border “presents clear and present danger to Afghanistan, to Pakistan and to the West in general, and to the United States in particular.” [***********]
American officials involved in the discussions said that they had not ruled out striking Pakistani militants in the tribal areas. American forces in Afghanistan are authorized to attack targets in Pakistan in self-defense or if they are in “hot pursuit” of militants fleeing back to havens across the border.
American-led forces in Afghanistan fired artillery at what they suspected was a Haqqani network safe house on March 12 that an American spokesman said posed an “imminent threat.” But the Pakistani Army said the strike killed only civilians.
Administration officials say the risk of angering the new government in Pakistan and stirring increased anti-American sentiment in the tribal areas outweighs the benefits of dismantling militant networks in the region.
“It’s certainly something we want to get to, but not yet,” said one Bush administration official. “If you do it now, you can expect to do it without Pakistani approval, and you can expect to do it only once because the Pakistanis will never help us again.”
Spokesmen for the White House and State Department declined to comment, as did a spokeswoman for Ambassador Patterson in Pakistan.
Intelligence officials say they believe that leaders of the Pakistani Taliban and other militant groups have in recent months forged closer ties to the cadre of Qaeda leaders in the tribal areas. [******] Officials have said that they thought the leader of the Taliban there, Jalaluddin Haqqani, may have died last year. But Mr. Haqqani recently released a video denying those reports and made reference to a military attack in eastern Afghanistan that happened this March. Mr. Haqqani’s son, Sirajuddin, has also made aggressive efforts to recruit foreign fighters from the Persian Gulf [****] and elsewhere in Central Asia. [apparently the Haqqani group alive and well and functioning even if the son was forced to take over] [********]
“The relationship between the Taliban and Al Qaeda, and Al Qaeda and other groups such as the Haqqani network, are stronger today [*****]than they were, and they’re primarily based on the Pakistani side of the border,” said Seth Jones, an analyst with the RAND Corporation, in Congressional testimony this month after his trip to Afghanistan.
The Haqqanis are suspected of organizing a suicide attack on March 3 that killed two American soldiers at an Afghan government office. Sirajuddin Haqqani is also suspected of orchestrating a suicide bomb attack in January at the Serena Hotel in Kabul that killed six people.
The discussions over how to combat Al Qaeda and Pakistani militant networks in the tribal areas have been going on for nearly two years, as American policy makers have weighed the growing militant threat in the border area against unilateral American action that could politically weaken President Pervez Musharraf, a close ally in the global counterterrorism campaign.
A few weeks after Ms. Bhutto’s assassination in December, two senior American intelligence officials reached a quiet understanding with Mr. Musharraf to intensify secret strikes against suspected terrorists by Predator aircraft launched in Pakistan. [perhaps] [but the US had fired hellfires into Pakistani territory previously so it predated any possible deal struck in late 2007] [*********]
American officials have expressed alarm that the leaders of Pakistan’s new coalition government, Asif Ali Zardari of the Pakistan Peoples Party and Nawaz Sharif of the Pakistan Muslim League (N), are negotiating with militants believed to be responsible for an increasing number of suicide attacks against the security forces and political figures.
The new government has signaled that in its relations with Washington, it wants to take a path more independent than the one followed by the previous government and to use military force in the tribal areas only as a last resort. [*******]
In Congressional testimony this month, a former top American commander in Afghanistan said the need for more action was urgent. “A senior member of the administration needs to go to Pakistan and take the intelligence we have on Al Qaeda, the Taliban, the Haqqani network inside of Pakistan and lay it out for their most senior leadership,” said the retired commander, Lt. Gen. David W. Barno.
He said the American envoy should “show them exactly what we know about, what they don’t know about what’s going on in their tribal areas and say, this is not a tolerable situation for you nor for us.”
“And,” he added, “we need to sit down and think through what we can collectively do about this.”
Carlotta Gall contributed reporting from Kabul, Afghanistan.
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

As War’s Costs Rise, Congress Demands That Iraq Pay Larger Share

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/19/world/middleeast/19cong.html
April 19, 2008
As War’s Costs Rise, Congress Demands That Iraq Pay Larger Share
By DAVID M. HERSZENHORN and ERIC LIPTON [bush white house] [-iraq war bureaucracy including white house war czar who’s been MIA for some time and Meghan O’Sullivan] [[bush white house] [NSC principals thence reflected at lower levels] [bureaucracy] [state, dod, pentagon, IC, others] [-iraq war versus gsave] [congress] [110th, 2nd session] [following Patraeus-Crocker presentation, voices being raised about why –iraq with budget surpluses does not pay more of the costs?] [followup [********]
WASHINGTON — As Congress gears up to debate President Bush’s latest request for $108 billion for military operations in Iraq and Afghanistan, lawmakers in both parties are pointing to record-high oil prices and demanding that Iraq pay a larger share of the costs, especially for reconstruction efforts.

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/19/world/middleeast/19cong.html
April 19, 2008
As War’s Costs Rise, Congress Demands That Iraq Pay Larger Share
By DAVID M. HERSZENHORN and ERIC LIPTON [bush white house] [-iraq war bureaucracy including white house war czar who’s been MIA for some time and Meghan O’Sullivan] [[bush white house] [NSC principals thence reflected at lower levels] [bureaucracy] [state, dod, pentagon, IC, others] [-iraq war versus gsave] [congress] [110th, 2nd session] [following Patraeus-Crocker presentation, voices being raised about why –iraq with budget surpluses does not pay more of the costs?] [followup [********]
WASHINGTON — As Congress gears up to debate President Bush’s latest request for $108 billion for military operations in Iraq and Afghanistan, lawmakers in both parties are pointing to record-high oil prices and demanding that Iraq pay a larger share of the costs, especially for reconstruction efforts.
In a letter to the defense secretary, Robert M. Gates, a group of 10 senators — six Democrats and four Republicans — wrote that Iraq was likely to see a “financial windfall” of about $56 billion from high oil prices and that it should be forced to spend that money.
“The time has come to end this blank-check policy and require the Iraqis to invest in their own future,” the senators wrote.
The rising clamor, particularly among Republican lawmakers who face tough re-election challenges, and new polls showing Americans more dissatisfied than ever with the war, are ratcheting up the pressure on the Bush administration ahead of what is likely to be a pitched battle over the war spending bill.
Congressional Democrats have said that they will not simply grant Mr. Bush’s request, but will once again seek to attach strings, including a requirement that Iraq pay a higher share of the costs. The Democrats also plan to add up to $30 billion in domestic spending that they say is needed to help the economy.
Some Democrats are also trying to approve an additional $70 billion to sustain military operations through the end of Mr. Bush’s term, a move that would draw greater attention to the high cost of the Iraq war.
Mr. Bush’s current request would finance the Iraq and Afghanistan operations through Sept. 30.
In a new line of attack against the administration, the majority leader, Senator Harry Reid of Nevada, has taken to stressing that the cost of the Iraq war is roughly $5,000 per second.
“The president has not been honest about the cost of the war from the beginning,” Mr. Reid said at a news conference this week. “$5,000 a second, $434 million every day. Seven days a week, no weekends off, no vacations. $12 billion every month.”
The White House says it shares the view that Iraq must shoulder more of the costs, and insists that Iraq is already beginning to do so. But the administration continues to dismiss criticism of its spending.
“Fighting terrorism and taking care of our veterans is not inexpensive,” the budget director, Jim Nussle, wrote in a letter this week. “We acknowledge that. However the economy also benefits when terrorist attacks are prevented and we doubt any critics of the level of spending take that into account.”
At a news conference on Thursday, 3 of the 10 senators who wrote to Mr. Gates — Evan Bayh, Democrat of Indiana; Susan Collins, Republican of Maine; and Ben Nelson, Democrat of Nebraska — said they would press the administration to force Iraq to spend more of its budget surplus, projected at $60 billion, on reimbursing American expenses, including the cost of fuel.
Senator Charles E. Schumer, Democrat of New York, is considering pushing the debate into yet another arena next week, an aide said, perhaps by asking the State Department to determine if Iraq is using American tax dollars to hire lawyers and lobbyists to influence Congress and the administration.
Mr. Schumer does not know if that was the case, the aide said, speaking on condition of anonymity because the senator had not yet finalized his plans. But he said Mr. Schumer believed that it was inappropriate for Iraq to try to influence policy while American soldiers were in Iraq.
Since 2003, $22 million has been spent by political and government entities in Iraq on lawyers, lobbyists and other consultants who represent them in the United States, according to Justice Department records.
The Iraqi government has been the biggest spender: $15.6 million through late last year, with the Kurdistan Regional Government spending $6 million.
Mr. Schumer’s concerns mostly relate to two firms hired by the Iraqi government that helped defeat a proposal in Congress that would have allowed Americans to seize Iraqi assets to settle certain outstanding legal claims.
Samir Sumaidaie, Iraq’s ambassador in Washington, rejected Mr. Schumer’s criticism, saying that United States aid has never been used to pay its lobbying and law firms here.
“I can say categorically, that no such thing has happened,” [*****] he said Friday.
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

A Worsening Food Crisis

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/19/AR2008041901601.html
A Worsening Food Crisis
The U.S. and its allies need to act.
Sunday, April 20, 2008; B06 [editorial] [global climate] [manmade effects? Combined with changed in global climate?] [global food crisis?] [complex interdependency] [******]
THE WORLD'S most dangerous conflicts stem from religion and ideology -- tragic proof that man does not live by bread alone. But when bread is hard to get, that, too, causes unrest. And lately, it has been very expensive indeed: The World Bank estimates that global food prices have risen 83 percent in the last three years. Hence, food riots in Haiti, Egypt and Ethiopia and the use of troops in Pakistan and Thailand to protect crops and storage centers. Many countries are banning or limiting food exports. World Bank President Robert B. Zoellick says that 33 countries are at risk of food-related upheaval. Famine may revisit North Korea, parts of Africa or, disastrously for U.S. foreign policy, Afghanistan.

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/19/AR2008041901601.html
A Worsening Food Crisis
The U.S. and its allies need to act.
Sunday, April 20, 2008; B06 [editorial] [global climate] [manmade effects? Combined with changed in global climate?] [global food crisis?] [complex interdependency] [******]
THE WORLD'S most dangerous conflicts stem from religion and ideology -- tragic proof that man does not live by bread alone. But when bread is hard to get, that, too, causes unrest. And lately, it has been very expensive indeed: The World Bank estimates that global food prices have risen 83 percent in the last three years. Hence, food riots in Haiti, Egypt and Ethiopia and the use of troops in Pakistan and Thailand to protect crops and storage centers. Many countries are banning or limiting food exports. World Bank President Robert B. Zoellick says that 33 countries are at risk of food-related upheaval. Famine may revisit North Korea, parts of Africa or, disastrously for U.S. foreign policy, Afghanistan.
To many, the villain is biofuels. U.S. and European ethanol programs, intended as an antidote to climate change and an alternative to OPEC oil, stand accused of snatching food from the world's hungry. According to India's finance minister, ethanol is "a crime against humanity." And it is part of the problem. The more corn becomes ethanol, the less will be available as food for people and livestock. In the U.S. farm belt, heavy ethanol subsidies, such as a tax break of 51 cents a gallon, encourage the shift. These subsidies were already questionable, in economic terms, before the commodity crunch. That they might contribute to hardship for the world's poor is another argument for reducing them.
But ethanol's impact should not be overstated. The International Food Policy Research Institute, which is critical of ethanol, pins about 25 to 33 percent of the recent price rise on biofuels; the U.N. Food and Agriculture Organization guesses about 10 to 15 percent. Most of the crisis is rooted in three other factors: drought in grain-exporting Australia; the surging price of crude oil, which raises food prices through the costs of shipping and petrochemical fertilizer; and booming demand for food in China, India and other newly prosperous areas of the developing world. These areas consume not only more staples such as rice and wheat but also more meat from animals fed on grain. This trend is here to stay -- and, unlike Australian drought or oil inflation, no one should want it to go away. Lifting hundreds of millions of Asians out of poverty is a historic achievement.
To cope with the current situation, the United States must contribute its share to help the U.N. World Food Program fill a $500 million gap in its budget. Congress should change U.S. law to let U.S. aid buy food in developing countries themselves, which could boost local producers. Looking further ahead, the U.S. and multilateral institutions must also support greater investment in farming in the developing world, including funding for research into improved crop yields, which has been in steady decline over the last 25 years.
Today's crisis could be tomorrow's opportunity. If the era of cheap food is over, higher prices might stimulate local agricultural production in Africa and other places that now depend on imports. This will be likelier if the United States and Europe finally dismantle the wasteful crop subsidies and trade barriers that fatten their farmers' bank accounts -- but distort international markets at the expense of the poor.
© 2008 The Washington Post Company

Thanking Our GIs

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/19/AR2008041901603.html
Thanking Our GIs
Better benefits, including a college education, would reward troops and entice recruits.
Sunday, April 20, 2008; B06 [editorial] [more support for the new GI bill] [the administration has taken the very odd position that it would lead to people joining up only for the short-term benefits as they are better than overall benefits] [******]
TO DATE, 56 senators and more than 200 representatives have signed on to legislation to revamp GI educational benefits. They recognize that the men and women fighting today's wars in Iraq and Afghanistan are not getting their due. But if Congress is serious about doing right by America's veterans, it has to do more than come up with a list of names. It's time to enact a new GI bill and pay for it. [I haven’t read it so I’m not sure but I would be for it for troops who serve in wartime] [peacetime soldiers probably have enough good benefits—the volunteer military has worked for decades] [but wartime ones surely ought to be given some special considerations] [********]

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/19/AR2008041901603.html
Thanking Our GIs
Better benefits, including a college education, would reward troops and entice recruits.
Sunday, April 20, 2008; B06 [editorial] [more support for the new GI bill] [the administration has taken the very odd position that it would lead to people joining up only for the short-term benefits as they are better than overall benefits] [******]
TO DATE, 56 senators and more than 200 representatives have signed on to legislation to revamp GI educational benefits. They recognize that the men and women fighting today's wars in Iraq and Afghanistan are not getting their due. But if Congress is serious about doing right by America's veterans, it has to do more than come up with a list of names. It's time to enact a new GI bill and pay for it. [I haven’t read it so I’m not sure but I would be for it for troops who serve in wartime] [peacetime soldiers probably have enough good benefits—the volunteer military has worked for decades] [but wartime ones surely ought to be given some special considerations] [********]
Impetus for the bill comes from Sen. James Webb (D-Va.), a veteran with a family history of military service. Mr. Webb and a co-sponsor, Sen. Chuck Hagel (R-Neb.), also a veteran, rightly argue that post-Sept. 11 veterans are being shortchanged by a system designed for peacetime that has not kept pace with increased college costs. Their bill, introduced in January 2007, would be true to the original GI bill enacted after World War II in providing a cost-free education to those who serve in the military.
The bill got an important boost last week with backing from Sen. Daniel K. Akaka (D-Hawaii), chairman of the Veterans' Affairs Committee. Even with that support, though, advocates are worried that the bill might not advance, and so they are targeting other influential lawmakers, especially those who sit on important appropriations committees, to add the measure to the emergency supplemental appropriations bill this spring.
Disappointingly, Sen. John McCain, presumptive Republican candidate for president, so far declines to back the measure. He seems to be responding to concerns of the military brass that enhanced educational opportunities could negatively affect retention rates. [***] [brass ought to take it] [perhaps it would affect retention but they could rebuild the training model to take advantage of it] [also, more highly educated persons could be sought back by military with incentives] [***] Not only is it wrong to want people to stay in the military because they have no alternatives, but such thinking ignores the advantages enhanced educational benefits offer in recruitment. To meet recruitment goals, the military has offered bonuses and lowered some of its standards. Imagine being able instead to promise possible recruits a first-class college education.
The bill is not cheap; cost estimates range from $2 billion to $4 billion a year. [****] [it’s not cheap but it’s only one week of –iraq and afghainstan] [*****]But better-educated veterans have more favorable readjustment experiences, which means less money spent on treating post-traumatic stress disorder and other difficulties. More to the point, this should be considered part of the cost of war -- and an obligation that the nation should gratefully fulfill.
© 2008 The Washington Post Company

Don’t Blame the War for the Economy

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/20/opinion/20baily.html
April 20, 2008
Op-Ed Contributor
Don’t Blame the War for the Economy
By MARTIN NEIL BAILY
Washington [oped] [the connection between the economic downturn and the –iraq war that costs about $12 billion per month of debt sold to Chinese and Japanese and Euro investors] [*************]
THE war in Iraq and the poor state of the economy will probably be the deciding factors in November’s presidential election. Many voters view them as cause and effect. In fact, they are two very different messes.

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/20/opinion/20baily.html
April 20, 2008
Op-Ed Contributor
Don’t Blame the War for the Economy
By MARTIN NEIL BAILY
Washington [oped] [the connection between the economic downturn and the –iraq war that costs about $12 billion per month of debt sold to Chinese and Japanese and Euro investors] [*************]
THE war in Iraq and the poor state of the economy will probably be the deciding factors in November’s presidential election. Many voters view them as cause and effect. In fact, they are two very different messes.
The economic case for linking the two is that war has reduced the global supply of oil and pushed its price over $100 a barrel, draining consumers’ pocketbooks and adding to inflation. [*****] Flush with cash, this argument goes, the oil-producing countries have driven down global interest rates and encouraged over-borrowing in the United States. Meanwhile, Washington has borrowed money to pay for the war, adding to the budget deficit and leaving it with few options to stimulate the economy. [****] The Federal Reserve kept interest rates too low, and for too long, as a way of trying to encourage growth.
I am no fan of the war in Iraq, but it simply has not been a major contributor to the financial crisis and the impending recession. [***] The high price of oil is largely the result of strong demand, notably from China and India, pressing against a limited supply. The global oil supply is growing more slowly than it could because of politics and policies in many places — Russia, Mexico, Nigeria and Venezuela as well as the Middle East. Fears that the turmoil in Iraq might spread have probably given a boost to oil prices, but nowhere near enough to account for the huge price surge.
Absent the war, Iraqi oil production under Saddam Hussein might have been somewhat higher, but not by enough to affect the American economy. Iraqi oil production has been very volatile and has experienced a downward trend since the late 1970s, despite its vast potential. [lack investment in R&D and infrastructure] [******]
One sign that the war in Iraq is not the primary cause of the rise in oil prices is that metals and commodity prices across the board have risen sharply. Surging demand in Asia, coupled with supply that grows only slowly when prices increase, is the main story not only for oil, but for commodities broadly. The sinking value of the dollar has also played a role.
Back home, our economic fumbles can be primarily tied to the mortgage mess and the big slump in residential construction. [****]Some borrowers lied on their mortgage applications; some originators misrepresented the terms of the loans; financial institutions were making so much money they underestimated the risks they were taking. Investment banks and hedge funds were borrowing at 30-day or even 1-day maturity to finance holdings of risky longer-term assets. The credit-rating agencies failed to assess real risks.
And, yes, the Fed and other regulators could and should have done more starting in 2005 to counteract the lowering of mortgage-lending standards and to rein in the banks. [****] But I do not blame the Fed for interest-rate policies that sought to navigate the difficult path of encouraging economic growth while containing inflation. Rather, kudos to the Fed for its recent appropriate and aggressive response to the financial crisis.
Is government borrowing to blame? Chronic budget deficits are harmful because they increase interest rates, crowd out domestic investment and increase the trade deficit. So, in principle, budget deficits should actually have curbed the housing boom, not fueled it.
In practice, budget deficits did not result in high interest rates because of the huge flows of foreign capital into the American economy. The lack of discipline in the federal budget in recent years is deplorable and we will pay for that, especially as we face the costs of an aging population. The failure to pay for the war is part of this policy mistake, but only a part and not a big cause of today’s problems.
Did borrowing to pay for the war prevent the use of fiscal policy to offset economic weakness? Hardly. A sizable and timely economic stimulus package recently soared through Congress and was heartily endorsed by the White House.
Are the oil-rich countries to blame for sending us so much money, tempting Americans to over-borrow? Well, that seems akin to blaming your favorite restaurant for making you gain weight. The availability of money from around the world did help finance our housing boom. But the bad mortgage-lending and borrowing practices were our own. After all, that flow of capital into the United States has also helped finance American business investment and job creation.
The war in Iraq has been much more costly than anyone expected, both in lives and money, and it is tempting to wrap it into a single package with our current economic crisis and the policy mistakes that contributed to it. But muddling the messes does not help. [*****]Let’s judge the war on its own merits, and concentrate on the real causes of the financial crisis. It’s the only way to avoid making the same mistakes again.
Martin Neil Baily, the director of the business initiative at the Brookings Institution, was a chairman of the Council of Economic Advisers under President Bill Clinton.
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

The Torture Sessions

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/20/opinion/20sun1.html
April 20, 2008
Editorial
The Torture Sessions
[editorial] [potential pow abuse] [the ongoing brouhaha over how high up the torture orders originated and how generally applied] [*******]
Ever since Americans learned that American soldiers and intelligence agents were torturing prisoners, there has been a disturbing question: How high up did the decision go to ignore United States law, international treaties, the Geneva Conventions and basic morality? [***********] [evidence is it went into NSC principals and approved by Bush-Cheney!]

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/20/opinion/20sun1.html
April 20, 2008
Editorial
The Torture Sessions
[editorial] [potential pow abuse] [the ongoing brouhaha over how high up the torture orders originated and how generally applied] [*******]
Ever since Americans learned that American soldiers and intelligence agents were torturing prisoners, there has been a disturbing question: How high up did the decision go to ignore United States law, international treaties, the Geneva Conventions and basic morality? [***********] [evidence is it went into NSC principals and approved by Bush-Cheney!]
The answer, we have learned recently, is that — with President Bush’s clear knowledge and support — some of the very highest officials in the land not only approved the abuse of prisoners, but participated in the detailed planning [****]of harsh interrogations and helped to create a legal structure to shield from justice those who followed the orders.
We have long known that the Justice Department tortured the law to give its Orwellian blessing to torturing people, and that Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld approved a list of ways to abuse prisoners. But recent accounts by ABC News and The Associated Press said that all of the president’s top national security advisers at the time participated in creating the interrogation policy: Vice President Dick Cheney; Mr. Rumsfeld; Condoleezza Rice, the national security adviser; Colin Powell, the secretary of state; John Ashcroft, the attorney general; and George Tenet, the director of central intelligence.
These officials did not have the time or the foresight to plan for the aftermath of the invasion of Iraq or the tenacity to complete the hunt for Osama bin Laden. But they managed to squeeze in dozens of meetings in the White House Situation Room to organize and give legal cover to prisoner abuse, including brutal methods that civilized nations consider to be torture.
Mr. Bush told ABC News this month that he knew of these meetings and approved of the result.
Those who have followed the story of the administration’s policies on prisoners may not be shocked. We have read the memos from the Justice Department redefining torture, claiming that Mr. Bush did not have to follow the law, and offering a blueprint for avoiding criminal liability for abusing prisoners. [********]
The amount of time and energy devoted to this furtive exercise at the very highest levels of the government reminded us how little Americans know, in fact, about the ways Mr. Bush and his team undermined, subverted and broke the law in the name of saving the American way of life.
We have questions to ask, in particular, about the involvement of Ms. Rice, who has managed to escape blame for the catastrophic decisions made while she was Mr. Bush’s national security adviser, and Mr. Powell, a career Army officer who should know that torture has little value as an interrogation method [*******]and puts captured Americans at much greater risk. Did they raise objections or warn of the disastrous effect on America’s standing in the world? Did anyone? [indeed, more generally why didn’t normally honorable persons speak out?] [partly understandable in the immediate aftermath and perhaps into 2002 when the continued warnings were frequent: dirty bombs, airplanes to be detonated, so on] [but after that, what happened?] [******]
Mr. Bush has sidestepped or quashed every attempt to uncover the breadth and depth of his sordid actions. Congress is likely to endorse a cover-up of the extent of the illegal wiretapping he authorized after 9/11, and we are still waiting, with diminishing hopes, for a long-promised report on what the Bush team really knew before the Iraq invasion about those absent weapons of mass destruction — as opposed to what it proclaimed.
At this point it seems that getting answers will have to wait, at least, for a new Congress and a new president. Ideally, there would be both truth and accountability. At the very minimum the public needs the full truth.
Some will call this a backward-looking distraction, but only by fully understanding what Mr. Bush has done over eight years to distort the rule of law and violate civil liberties and human rights can Americans ever hope to repair the damage and ensure it does not happen again.
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

Senator McCain Digs In

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/20/opinion/20sun2.html
April 20, 2008
Editorial
Senator McCain Digs In
[editorial] [speculation on McCain’s –iraq box] [I actually see far more continuity between all three than difference] [I’m not sure McCain’s zeal would hold long once he received daily briefings from IC] [he eventually would have to come to terms with AfPak’s much greater import] [*******
Senator John McCain’s speech on taxes last week was widely seen as a stay-the-Bush-course pledge. Not true. Mr. McCain would dig a much deeper hole than even President Bush, exactly what the country does not need. Mr. Bush is already bequeathing his successor a government deep in debt, ill prepared to meet foreseeable challenges — health care, road and bridge repair, alternative energy — let alone emergencies.

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/20/opinion/20sun2.html
April 20, 2008
Editorial
Senator McCain Digs In
[editorial] [speculation on McCain’s –iraq box] [I actually see far more continuity between all three than difference] [I’m not sure McCain’s zeal would hold long once he received daily briefings from IC] [he eventually would have to come to terms with AfPak’s much greater import] [*******
Senator John McCain’s speech on taxes last week was widely seen as a stay-the-Bush-course pledge. Not true. Mr. McCain would dig a much deeper hole than even President Bush, exactly what the country does not need. Mr. Bush is already bequeathing his successor a government deep in debt, ill prepared to meet foreseeable challenges — health care, road and bridge repair, alternative energy — let alone emergencies.
Unfortunately, Mr. McCain has reversed his earlier passionate — and correct — opposition to the Bush tax cuts. He now calls for permanently extending them. He also proposes to repeal the alternative minimum tax. Those two proposals alone would reduce tax revenue by $1 trillion over four years.
His speech did not stop there. He proposed doubling the dependent exemption, to $7,000 per child, cutting revenue by $171 billion more over four years. He said the increase was needed to keep up with inflation, but the exemption has been adjusted for inflation every year since 1982. Then there’s his idea to suspend the 18.4-cents-a-gallon federal gasoline tax from Memorial Day to Labor Day. That would cost the highway trust fund $10 billion.
Mr. McCain’s other big proposals — to cut the corporate tax and make the credit for research and development permanent — are fatally flawed by the fact that he offers no feasible way to pay for them. We do not doubt that Mr. McCain would try harder than Mr. Bush to cut spending. But his claim that he would offset hundreds of billions of dollars in new tax cuts by closing loopholes and cutting pork is just not credible. Pork spending, or earmarks, come to some $18 billion a year.
Mr. McCain has admitted that he does not know a lot about economics. But he should have no trouble recognizing political pandering, which is the only explanation for many of his proposals. To be taken seriously, he needs to go back to the drawing board and come up with a plan that shows how he would govern without adding to the fiscal damage of the past eight years.
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

Perceived Slights Have Left Many U.S. Muslims Wary of Pope

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/19/AR2008041901183.html
Perceived Slights Have Left Many U.S. Muslims Wary of Pope
By Robin Shulman and Keith B. Richburg
Washington Post Staff Writers
Sunday, April 20, 2008; A05 [U.S. muslims] [societal] [with Pope’s visit and media covering in minute detail] [Muslims (and probably Protestants and Jews) possibly miffed] [Muslims may feel particular distress as Pope formerly made constroversial remarks quoting some Byzantium on Mohanned’s sword] [followup of April 17] [*****]
NEW YORK -- Pope Benedict XVI has said he would like to reach out to the Muslim community through dialogue, and Muslims were included in the pontiff's meeting with interfaith leaders in Washington on Thursday night. But many Muslims in America remain wary, saying the pope has created the impression that he is insensitive to their faith. [******]

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/19/AR2008041901183.html
Perceived Slights Have Left Many U.S. Muslims Wary of Pope
By Robin Shulman and Keith B. Richburg
Washington Post Staff Writers
Sunday, April 20, 2008; A05 [U.S. muslims] [societal] [with Pope’s visit and media covering in minute detail] [Muslims (and probably Protestants and Jews) possibly miffed] [Muslims may feel particular distress as Pope formerly made constroversial remarks quoting some Byzantium on Mohanned’s sword] [followup of April 17] [*****]
NEW YORK -- Pope Benedict XVI has said he would like to reach out to the Muslim community through dialogue, and Muslims were included in the pontiff's meeting with interfaith leaders in Washington on Thursday night. But many Muslims in America remain wary, saying the pope has created the impression that he is insensitive to their faith. [******]
On Sunday, the pope will visit Ground Zero, perhaps the most poignant symbol of the divide between the West and the more extremist elements of Islam. But interviews in New York and elsewhere indicate that even those Muslims who do not hold such radical views are critical of the pope.
Many still recall the pope's September 2006 lecture at the University of Regensburg in Germany, in which Benedict quoted a Byzantine Christian emperor saying that the prophet Muhammad brought "things only evil and inhuman, such as his command to spread by the sword the faith he preached." [yeah, that quote] [*******]
That lecture sparked days of protests in Muslim countries, some of them violent, and an Italian nun in Somalia was killed in retaliation. [***]The Pope repeated several times that he regretted the offense his speech caused, and that he has deep respect for Islam. But the remarks have caused lingering damage, according to Muslims and some Catholic scholars interviewed. [I’ve heard him say in so many words he doesn’t understand why Christians don’t show the same devotion!] [first, I’m not sure that’s wholly (no pun) positive] [second, I believe the answer has to do with the reformation and the end of Christiandom’s bloody reign of terror] [********]
"I don't think he did enough to apologize," said Omar T. Mohammedi, a member of the New York City Commission on Human Rights.
"For a person of his stature to come out and say this about Islam, it amazes me, it's sad," said Wael Mousfar, president of the Arab Muslim American Federation, a community group in the Bay Ridge section of Brooklyn, a largely Muslim neighborhood. "Islam is the target of everyone nowadays; he just jumped on the bandwagon and joined the crowd."
There have been other perceived slights. For example, the pope confounded Muslims when he baptized a prominent Egyptian-born Italian Muslim convert on international television Easter Sunday.
"This person chose to be Catholic, it's not a problem," said Imam Shamsi Ali of the Islamic Cultural Center of New York. The problem was the pope's celebration of the conversion on a global stage, he said.
Conversion and religious freedom remain major, thorny issues in the relationship between the Vatican and Muslim countries. Some Muslim countries prohibit Muslims from converting, and punishments can include the death penalty -- a position that Catholics find an anathema.
"The whole idea of having civil laws against people converting -- and threatening them with death -- is totally abhorrent to our view of religious liberty," said the Rev. Thomas Reese, a theologian with Georgetown University.
Another point of tension between the Vatican and the Muslim world is the issue of proselytizing, which is part of the Catholic mission but condemned by many Muslims.
Some Muslim leaders invited to meet the pope in Washington declined, [***] citing the controversies over the Regensburg lecture and conversion. "I didn't attend," said Salam al-Marayati, executive director of the Muslim Public Affairs Council, who was invited to the interfaith meeting. "The invitation was to be involved in the ceremonies and the pageantry, but not in authentic, in-depth discussions on issues affecting Catholic-Muslim relations today."
There was no exchange in the meeting, according to participants, with Benedict delivering an address to the 200 leaders representing five faiths.
"It was not very interactive. It was not a two-way street," said Nihad Awad, a co-founder of the Council on American-Islamic Relations, who attended.
Many Muslims fondly remember John Paul II, who made interfaith dialogue a central tenet of his papacy and was the first pope to step inside a mosque, while in Damascus, Syria, in May 2001. On that trip, he asked for a joint act of contrition "for all the times that Muslims and Christians have offended one another."
"The previous pope was very embracing, very wise, and I think he was genuine and sincere in fostering a commitment to build dialogue and communication with other religious groups," [****]said Ali, of the Islamic Cultural Center. "The current pope is a little different."
Various scholars and theologians say that in the first days of his papacy, Benedict did appear to downgrade interfaith dialogue, removing Archbishop Michael Fitzgerald, an Arabic speaker and noted Muslim scholar, from his role as president of the Pontifical Council for Inter-Religious Dialogue and sending him to Egypt as nuncio, or the Vatican ambassador.
"There's a doubt that he's serious about dialogue, said the Rev. Dan Madigan, a professor of theology in Rome who serves as a consultant to the commission for relations with Muslims, part of the Council for Inter-Religious Dialogue. Madigan said the council he sits on "is not called on very much."
He and others suggested that Fitzgerald, had he been retained in his position, would have properly vetted Benedict's Regensburg speech and excised the offending lines before the lecture caused outrage among Muslims.
"That speech at Regensburg never would have happened if it had been vetted," said the Rev. Patrick Ryan, an Islamic studies specialist and vice president for mission and ministry at Fordham University.
"He's very much in favor of interreligious dialogue," Reese said. But, he added, the pope's "great fear is relativism. . . . I think his biggest fear is that Catholics will misinterpret interreligious dialogue as meaning all religions are the same."
There is an opportunity for better relations, many said. Muslims recall that the pope was an early opponent of the U.S.-led invasion of Iraq, and he has spoken out against the killing of Muslims in the Darfur region of Sudan. Also, Catholic scholars said, the pope admires Muslims' religious devotion.
In November, the Pope received King Abdullah of Saudi Arabia in the first papal audience with a Saudi monarch. And last month, Vatican officials and Muslim leaders agreed to launch a Catholic-Muslim Forum for dialogue. [*******]
But improving dialogue will not be easy. "I think it's going to be a long-term effort," Madigan said. "It's going to require a lot of hard work."
© 2008 The Washington Post Company

A Conversation With Álvaro Uribe

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/18/AR2008041802528.html
A Conversation With Álvaro Uribe
Sunday, April 20, 2008; B03 [op-ed section] [conversation wit Colombia’s President Uribe] [all italics in orginal[ [sic] [denote posed questions in interview] [***********]
President Álvaro Uribe of Colombia is in a corner. A staunch U.S. ally in a region where anti-American sentiment is fashionable, Uribe has successfully fought the Revolutionary Armed Forces of Colombia (FARC), which the United States considers a terrorist group, and has combated drug traffickers with U.S. assistance. But his attempts to secure a free-trade pact with Washington have recently been stymied. Last week, at a World Economic Forum Meeting in Cancun, Mexico, Uribe talked with Newsweek-Washington Post's Lally Weymouth.
Excerpts:

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/18/AR2008041802528.html
A Conversation With Álvaro Uribe
Sunday, April 20, 2008; B03 [op-ed section] [conversation wit Colombia’s President Uribe] [all italics in orginal[ [sic] [denote posed questions in interview] [***********]
President Álvaro Uribe of Colombia is in a corner. A staunch U.S. ally in a region where anti-American sentiment is fashionable, Uribe has successfully fought the Revolutionary Armed Forces of Colombia (FARC), which the United States considers a terrorist group, and has combated drug traffickers with U.S. assistance. But his attempts to secure a free-trade pact with Washington have recently been stymied. Last week, at a World Economic Forum Meeting in Cancun, Mexico, Uribe talked with Newsweek-Washington Post's Lally Weymouth.
Excerpts:
Q. The U.S.-Colombia Free Trade Agreement was not brought to the floor of the House at the direction of Speaker Nancy Pelosi, essentially killing its chances for success until after the upcoming election. What is your reaction?
A. There is concern in our government, but we cannot lose our optimism. [We have a ] long tradition of good relations between our two countries, and we cherish common democratic values. . . . We recognize our problems, but we are working every day, doing our best to overcome them. These circumstances make us optimistic.
Q. Haven't you stuck your neck out to be a good U.S. ally in the war on terrorism and the war on drugs? Are you thinking about alternatives to your strategic alliance with the United States if this treaty does not go through?
A. We have considered that. As for the House's approval of the Free Trade Agreement, the sooner the better. The more they analyze the current situation in Colombia -- the efforts Colombia is making, the progress Colombia has made, the problems Colombia faces -- the more they have to rethink and consider the possibility to approve the Free Trade Agreement.
Q. What would you say to members of the House?
A. I invite them to visit Colombia -- especially Speaker Pelosi. If she comes, she will find problems and progress, but she will see our total determination to overcome these problems.
Q. Are the Colombian people upset by the U.S. action?
A. There are people who are upset, but my duty as president is to solve the impasse. We need to continue working with President Bush and the members of Congress and have Speaker Pelosi visit Colombia. Since the beginning of my administration, we have fought to overcome violence, to protect trade union leaders and to strengthen the administration of justice. There's a long way left, we recognize.
Q. How much of Colombia now is under the control of your government?
A. At this moment, we have weakened all the terrorist organizations in Colombia -- paramilitaries, guerrillas -- we have restored law and order in the vast majority of our territory. They no longer have portions of our territory under their control, but they still have the power to harm citizens.
Q. But I understand that today you can walk down the streets of Bogota safely, whereas five years ago it was far too dangerous.
A. We have seen the reduction of homicides from 35,000 per year to less than 17 last year, and kidnappings [have dropped] from 3,000 per year to 270 last year. Remember that before the beginning of my term, the FARC destroyed almost 200 municipalities. In the last months, they have been unable to destroy municipalities. Now we have increased the effectiveness [of our law enforcement] to protect the union leaders. We have almost doubled the budget for the justice administration.
Q. Why are the union leaders in the United States so adamant about the poor treatment of union leaders in Colombia? They claim that four union leaders were killed recently in Colombia and allege that it was the fault of your administration.
A. When my government began, Colombia suffered the assassination of more than 250 trade union leaders per year . . . . Last year, [it was] 26. This year, if we consider trade unions plus teachers, we have seen 19 assassinations. We have seen a reduction, but we are not happy because we need zero cases. At this moment, Colombia has a program under which we protect 9,000 Colombians -- [of these] 1,900 are trade union leaders. They are beneficiaries of this individual protection. This program is very expensive. . . .
In the last two weeks, we have arrested the murderers in two cases. In one recent case, when a teacher who was seven months pregnant was stabbed to death, the murderer is now in jail. Two weeks ago, [in the case of] one other teacher who was killed, the students who killed him are in jail. We have more than 130 murderers in jail because of the determination of our government.
Q. Try to explain to the American people how important the Free Trade Agreement is to your country -- what it means in terms of growth and how damaging it would be to you, who have been a strong U.S. ally, if the agreement is rejected.
A. It creates concerns in our people.
Q. Concerns, or are they really upset?
A. Many people are upset.
Q. You put so much on the line for an ally, and Washington doesn't come through for you?
A. We have problems and the determination to overcome those problems. We have extradited to the United States during my term almost 700 individuals who have been indicted in the United States.
Q. Are you talking about FARC leaders?
A. They are drug traffickers, members of the FARC, members of the paramilitaries. But we need to give Colombians alternatives. One alternative is legal investment -- the Free Trade Agreement is a way to bring much more investment to Colombia. Therefore, it is an alternative for my citizens to eliminate illicit drugs. The Free Trade Area of the Americas has failed so far. Therefore, the only way for countries to have a friendship with the United States is by way of bilateral agreements. . . .
The other point I want to make is that the U.S.-Colombia Free Trade Agreement, in economic terms, is very tiny in comparison with the size of the economy of the United States. However, it is very important for Colombia. We consider that we won't have the possibility to increase our exports to the United States in the coming years, but the Free Trade Agreement gives us the possibility to increase the investment rate in Colombia. . . . .
Q. But if you're turned down by the United States?
A. I cannot give space in my mind to the hypothesis that this agreement will be turned down. In economic terms, if you look at our bilateral balance, you see that at first glance there is a surplus for Colombia, but when you deduct oil, even without deducting coal, this balance turns against Colombia. The United States is the first supplier of capital goods to our country. There are many agricultural products, raw materials, that we buy from your market. . . .
Q. And if the agreement passes, Colombia would have to remove its tariffs on U.S. products entering its markets?
A. Yes. With the Free Trade Agreement, we have to take away the tariffs. In political terms, nobody can understand [why the agreement is being rejected]. Colombia has a long tradition of friendship and loyalty with the United States. Colombia shares the democratic values of the United States. Colombia has had difficulties with other countries because other countries did not understand the reasons for our loyalty to the United States. Therefore I ask this question: Given these circumstances, how can anyone understand that the United States does not approve this agreement?
© 2008 The Washington Post Company

Colombia's Case

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/18/AR2008041802900.html
Colombia's Case
The intellectual poverty of a free-trade deal's opponents
Saturday, April 19, 2008; A14 [editorial] [Colombia trade deal] [mr. uribe who’s been a good friends] [and election-year politics has doomed this deal though it seems to have been a decent one] [********]
HOUSE SPEAKER Nancy Pelosi (D-Calif.) says the Bush administration's free-trade agreement with Colombia may not be dead, even though she has postponed a vote on it indefinitely. If the White House doesn't "jam it down the throat of Congress," she said, she might negotiate. Ms. Pelosi wants an "economic agenda that gives some sense of security to American workers and businesses . . . that somebody is looking out for them" [something they absolutely must expect in election year] [***] -- though she was vague as to what that entails. Nor did she specify how anyone could "jam" through a measure on which the administration has already briefed Congress many, many times.

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/18/AR2008041802900.html
Colombia's Case
The intellectual poverty of a free-trade deal's opponents
Saturday, April 19, 2008; A14 [editorial] [Colombia trade deal] [mr. uribe who’s been a good friends] [and election-year politics has doomed this deal though it seems to have been a decent one] [********]
HOUSE SPEAKER Nancy Pelosi (D-Calif.) says the Bush administration's free-trade agreement with Colombia may not be dead, even though she has postponed a vote on it indefinitely. If the White House doesn't "jam it down the throat of Congress," she said, she might negotiate. Ms. Pelosi wants an "economic agenda that gives some sense of security to American workers and businesses . . . that somebody is looking out for them" [something they absolutely must expect in election year] [***] -- though she was vague as to what that entails. Nor did she specify how anyone could "jam" through a measure on which the administration has already briefed Congress many, many times.
Still, in the hope that Ms. Pelosi might in fact schedule a vote, it may be worth examining once more the arguments against this tariff-slashing deal. Perhaps we should say "argument," because there is really only one left: namely, that Colombia is "the most dangerous place in the world to be a trade unionist" and that the government of President Álvaro Uribe is to blame. As AFL-CIO President John Sweeney put it in an April 14 Post op-ed, union workers in Colombia "face an implicit death sentence."
Colombia is, indeed, violent -- though homicide has dramatically declined under Mr. Uribe. There were 17,198 murders in 2007. Of the dead, only 39 -- or 0.226 percent -- were even members of trade unions, let alone leaders or activists, according to the Colombian labor movement. (Union members make up just under 2 percent of the Colombian population.) [***********]
This hardly suggests a campaign of anti-union terrorism in Colombia. [***]Moreover, the number of trade unionists killed has fallen from a rate of about 200 per year before Mr. Uribe took office in 2002, [****]despite a reported uptick in the past few months. (Arrests have already been made in three of this year's cases, according to Bogota.) And evidence is sparse that all, or even most, of the union dead were killed because of their labor organizing. As Mr. Sweeney and other critics note, precious few cases have been solved, which is hardly surprising given that Colombia's judicial system has been under attack from left-wing guerrillas, drug traffickers and right-wing death squads -- a war, we repeat, that Mr. Uribe has greatly contained. But in cases that have been prosecuted, the victims' union activity or presumed support for guerrillas has been the motive in fewer than half of the killings.
An April 10 letter to the editor from Tom Malinowski of Human Rights Watch suggested that we would not make such arguments "if death squads with ties to the U.S. government were targeting Post reporters for assassination." We like to think that our criticism would be energetic but fair, especially if the government was responding aggressively to such a campaign and the number of killings was declining. No fair-minded person can fail to note that Colombian unionists are far safer today than they used to be.
There are two important countries at the north of South America. One, Colombia, has a democratic government that, with strong support from the Clinton and Bush administrations, has bravely sought to defeat brutal militias of the left and right and to safeguard human rights. [*****] The other, Venezuela, has a repressive government that has undermined media freedoms, forcibly nationalized industries, rallied opposition to the United States and, recent evidence suggests, supported terrorist groups inside Colombia. [******]That U.S. unions, human rights groups and now Democrats would focus their criticism and advocacy on the former, to the benefit of the latter, shows how far they have departed from their own declared principles. [choice should be relatively easy] [all sides must find compromise] [*******]
© 2008 The Washington Post Company

Now He’s Ready to Deal

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/19/opinion/19sat1.html
April 19, 2008
Editorial
Now He’s Ready to Deal
[editorial] [bush white house’s dilemma with DPRK] [mostly self inflicted] [as such they now appear ready to give away the farm for promises of future good behavior] [bush is a lame duck and DPRK know so] [********888]
President Bush’s latest compromise for ending North Korea’s nuclear program is agitating critics — outside his administration and in. It is an imperfect solution. But imperfect may be all one can expect after Mr. Bush wasted so much time refusing to consider any compromise at all. [indeed] [tthat’s the box they built for themselves] [haad a greek tragedy quality] [one could see the hubris followed by its consequences coming in waves while one could do nothing to stop them] [***]

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/19/opinion/19sat1.html
April 19, 2008
Editorial
Now He’s Ready to Deal
[editorial] [bush white house’s dilemma with DPRK] [mostly self inflicted] [as such they now appear ready to give away the farm for promises of future good behavior] [bush is a lame duck and DPRK know so] [********888]
President Bush’s latest compromise for ending North Korea’s nuclear program is agitating critics — outside his administration and in. It is an imperfect solution. But imperfect may be all one can expect after Mr. Bush wasted so much time refusing to consider any compromise at all. [indeed] [tthat’s the box they built for themselves] [haad a greek tragedy quality] [one could see the hubris followed by its consequences coming in waves while one could do nothing to stop them] [***]
For six years, Mr. Bush rejected any meaningful negotiations. The result? Pyongyang kept adding to its plutonium stockpile — it now has enough for eight or more bombs — and tested a nuclear device.
When Mr. Bush finally agreed to try diplomacy — and gave a serious diplomat, Christopher Hill, the room to negotiate — Washington correctly insisted on a “complete and correct” accounting of all North Korea’s nuclear activities as an important step toward dismantling the program. Now Mr. Bush is willing to accept less.
The North Koreans won’t have to come clean — at least for now — on their fledgling uranium-based weapons program, which American officials believe has been shut down. Nor will they be required to publicly admit to selling Syria the technology and know-how to build a nuclear reactor. Israel destroyed that project last September. Instead, officials say, the United States will stipulate what it knows about these programs, and Pyongyang only has to “acknowledge” these “concerns.”
Of course, if a Democratic president had made similar compromises, hard-line Republicans probably would have called for impeachment. That said, Mr. Hill may be right that this is the only chance to push the process to the next step: getting North Korea to dismantle its plutonium-based reactor at Yongbyon and eventually surrender all its nuclear fuel and weapons.
That is the clear and present danger. The North Koreans have already shut down Yongbyon — an important but insufficient accomplishment.
Presuming the current compromise comes together — the two sides remain divided over the size of North Korea’s plutonium fuel stocks — North Korea would be removed from America’s list of terrorist states and from sanctions under the Trading With the Enemy Act and receive a large shipment of heavy fuel oil.
All of this is especially frustrating when one considers how much safer the world would be if Mr. Bush had picked up where President Bill Clinton left off in 2001. In those days, the North Koreans only had enough plutonium for one or two bombs. Activities at Yongbyon were frozen under a 1994 agreement. [****] Mr. Bush and his aides detested that agreement, and as soon as they discovered Pyongyang was trying to build a uranium-based weapons program, they declared that diplomacy pointless. [understandable that they were upset] [but now look what they’ve wrought] [***]
The hard-liners are right on one thing: No commitment from North Korea should ever be taken at face value. [on the contrary, I’m nearly convinced it never will] [why would regime trade away the one trump card for which they took so much grief achieving?] [***] We’re not convinced it will ever trade its nuclear capability, even for vastly better diplomatic and economic ties with the world.
That is why the emerging deal will require the most transparency and verification possible, including full access to its plutonium production records. The Bush administration must push harder on this. And if North Korea is found cheating, the world will have to impose even tougher sanctions.
As we said, it is an imperfect solution. But, presuming the deal isn’t weakened even more, it may be the only choice.
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

The Unfinished Reforms of 9/11

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/19/opinion/19sat3.html
April 19, 2008
Editorial
The Unfinished Reforms of 9/11
[editorial] [as we approach the 7th anniversary since 9/11] [time to take stock] [what have we accomplished?] [why have Americans and others again become so complacent?] [**]
When the independent 9/11 commission warned that the nation’s intelligence defenses were a shambles, Congress embraced nearly every call for reform. Guess which one it didn’t? It has conveniently overlooked the commission’s call to consolidate Congress’s multiple intelligence oversight committees and subcommittees — which ends up leaving no one with real oversight power. [to unravel the Byzantine overlapping jurisdictions of Congress where multiple chairs are in charge!] [******]

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/19/opinion/19sat3.html
April 19, 2008
Editorial
The Unfinished Reforms of 9/11
[editorial] [as we approach the 7th anniversary since 9/11] [time to take stock] [what have we accomplished?] [why have Americans and others again become so complacent?] [**]
When the independent 9/11 commission warned that the nation’s intelligence defenses were a shambles, Congress embraced nearly every call for reform. Guess which one it didn’t? It has conveniently overlooked the commission’s call to consolidate Congress’s multiple intelligence oversight committees and subcommittees — which ends up leaving no one with real oversight power. [to unravel the Byzantine overlapping jurisdictions of Congress where multiple chairs are in charge!] [******]
Any reduction of political turf was a nonstarter. [********]
Now the idea has been at least partially revived. In a letter last month to the Senate leadership, 14 of the 15 members of the Intelligence Committee — which oversees intelligence operations — recommended creating a new intelligence subcommittee to oversee appropriations. The subcommittee would include members who sit on both the full intelligence and appropriations panels. [that makes a lot of sense as now the SSIC oversees IC but does not appropriated money!] [only the “appropriations” committee does] [*********]
Over on the Senate Appropriations Committee — the jedi masters of the budget universe — top members were not in a compromising mood and quickly volleyed in their own letter insisting that there is no such need. [*******] For them to surrender any of their authority, the appropriators declared, would hamper oversight. [they dare not start an avalanche of such restructuring but it’s needed here!] [*********]
We stand with the 9/11 commission that the national interest requires the two houses’ intelligence committees to fully assume appropriation authority. [hear, hear] [****] Considering the thicket of egos, the proposed compromise is a start. The overlap would begin to address the situation in which the appropriations committees handle intelligence as only one of many specialties.
The leadership should let this debate emerge from the shadows and be settled in the public interest. If there is to be better oversight of the intelligence agencies — with their tens of billions in secret budget operations — the people who control the purse strings must have knowledge, expertise and clear responsibility.
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

Chinese Urge Anti-West Boycott Over Tibet Stance

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/20/world/asia/20china.html
April 20, 2008
Chinese Urge Anti-West Boycott Over Tibet Stance
By ANDREW JACOBS and JIMMY WANG [China] [PRC] [China’s jihadis problems?] [almost certainly China’s separatist challenges especially out in the north west and west, Xianjiang notably] [now in Tibet the Chinese are having trouble keeping a lid on passions] [some say anti-Han sentiments are spreading] [China’s pehchant for social stability] [human rights and democratization issues] [I just told two sections of psci 350 students about this interesting phenomenon last week] [many Chinese pissed at West] [use ir text] [*****]
BEIJING — Armed with her laptop and her indignation, Zhu Xiaomeng sits in her dorm room here, stoking a popular backlash against Western support for Tibet that has unnerved foreign investors and Western diplomats and, increasingly, the ruling Communist Party.

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/20/world/asia/20china.html
April 20, 2008
Chinese Urge Anti-West Boycott Over Tibet Stance
By ANDREW JACOBS and JIMMY WANG [China] [PRC] [China’s jihadis problems?] [almost certainly China’s separatist challenges especially out in the north west and west, Xianjiang notably] [now in Tibet the Chinese are having trouble keeping a lid on passions] [some say anti-Han sentiments are spreading] [China’s pehchant for social stability] [human rights and democratization issues] [I just told two sections of psci 350 students about this interesting phenomenon last week] [many Chinese pissed at West] [use ir text] [*****]
BEIJING — Armed with her laptop and her indignation, Zhu Xiaomeng sits in her dorm room here, stoking a popular backlash against Western support for Tibet that has unnerved foreign investors and Western diplomats and, increasingly, the ruling Communist Party.
Over the last week, Ms. Zhu and her classmates have been channeling anger over anti-China protests during the tumultuous Olympic torch relay into a boycott campaign against French companies, blamed for their country’s support of pro-Tibetan agitators. Some have also called for a boycott against American chains like McDonald’s and Kentucky Fried Chicken.
On Friday and Saturday, protesters gathered in front of a half-dozen outlets of the French retailer Carrefour, including a demonstration in the central city of Wuhan that reportedly drew several thousand people, according to Agence France-Presse. On Saturday, about 50 demonstrators carrying banners held a brief rally at the French Embassy here before the police shooed them away.
For the moment, however, most of the outrage is confined to the Internet. More than 20 million people have signed online petitions saying they plan to stop shopping at the Carrefour chain, Louis Vuitton and other stores linked to France because of what they see as the country’s failure to protect the torch during its visit to Paris two weeks ago. In a survey released on Friday, China’s state news agency, known as Xinhua, said 66 percent of those who responded said they would stay away from Carrefour during a monthlong boycott planned for May.
Public indignation has also been directed at Western news outlets, which are blamed for one-sided coverage of the torch relay and for anti-Chinese bias in their reporting on the disturbances in Tibet. In recent days, foreign news outlets here have been swamped by angry phone calls; two music videos circulating on the Internet blast CNN with expletives and lyrics like, “Don’t think that repeating something over and over again means that lies become truth.”
Like many young people, Ms. Zhu, a student at Beijing’s prestigious Foreign Studies University, said she had been infuriated by what she described as unfair attacks on the country’s image. “China used to be known as the sick man of Asia,” said Ms. Zhu, 19, who has been sending out tens of thousands of pro-boycott messages through QQ, a popular online chat service. “We were separated like sand. But this worldwide show of support by Chinese all over the globe illustrates we have solidarity on this issue. After 5,000 years, we’re not so soft anymore.”
The boycott call, spread through millions of text messages and postings on the country’s most heavily trafficked Web sites, provides a window into the technology’s growing power to mobilize a country whose political passions are usually kept in check by tight government control.
Although Communist Party officials have the ability to block text messages and Internet traffic they find objectionable, the censors have until now allowed more leeway for boycott organizers. In many ways, they have been feeding the outrage by publicizing the threat by the French president, Nicolas Sarkozy, to skip the opening ceremonies and by repeatedly calling on CNN to apologize for remarks made by Jack Cafferty, a commentator who called the Chinese government “goons and thugs.” The network has expressed regret for offending the Chinese people, but officials here have dismissed the response as insincere.
But in a sign that the government may now be worried about the intensity of popular passion, the official news agency, Xinhua, said on Friday that it was time to curb nationalist zeal. While it lauded the boycott crusade, it advised people not to complicate the government’s aim of encouraging foreign investment in China.
“Patriotic fervor should be channeled into a rational track and must be transformed into real action toward doing our work well,” the agency said.
On Saturday, it issued a stronger warning, highlighting government concern that anti-Western sentiment could affect public attitudes during the Olympics, when 1.5 million people are expected to arrive. “Every son and daughter of China has the responsibility to show to the world in real action that China welcomes friends from all countries with open arms and will deliver an outstanding Olympics,” it said in an editorial.
In the past the government has encouraged nationalistic outbursts and then quashed them when passions grew too inflamed — or when the protests had achieved the political purpose officials envisioned. In 1999, the authorities gave free rein to a brief spasm of anti-American protest after the accidental bombing of the Chinese Embassy in Belgrade, in what was then Yugoslavia; in 2005, they allowed even larger anti-Japanese demonstrations, which were fueled by anger over textbooks glossing over Japan’s wartime atrocities in China.
During marches in several Chinese cities that year, the police stood by as eggs and rocks were thrown at Japanese consulates. A few weeks later, officials pulled the plug by shutting down the organizers’ Web sites and filtering out anti-Japanese messages.
Mindful of how a public grief after the death of a party official morphed into the pro-democracy protests in Tiananmen Square, the Chinese government recognizes that vitriolic campaigns against outsiders could easily pivot toward the Communist Party.
Fang Xingdong, who runs blogchina.com, a hub for Chinese bloggers, said that he thought the government would not stand in the way of the boycott but that it would intervene if the anti-Western campaign became too disruptive. “If the irrational mood and behaviors among netizens are getting more and more intense, it will be very dangerous,” he said, using the term for the community of bloggers and message-board users. “But I think this will not be beyond government’s control.”
If the protests on Saturday are any indication, official tolerance for unsanctioned demonstrations is wearing thin. According to witnesses and news reports, most of the Carrefour protests were quickly dispersed by the police. In Beijing, a rally that drew about 50 people to the French Embassy and a nearby French school lasted an hour before riot police forced them to leave. By 3 p.m., dozens of uniformed officers had sealed off access to the streets surrounding the embassy.
In a country where the press is tightly controlled, the growing popularity of high-tech communication has made such protests possible. Some 229 million people have Internet access in the country, and usage in China is growing by 30 percent a year, according to BDA China, a research firm. Cellphone text messaging is ubiquitous here, with more than 98 percent of the country’s 400 million cellphone owners regularly using text messages. Another 300 million people are registered on instant messaging networks like MSN and QQ.
Ms. Zhu, for one, says that instant messaging is an effective way to reach thousands of people with a few keyboard strokes. “I don’t send e-mails to individuals,” she said. “It’s inefficient — you can reach a lot more people by e-mailing groups on QQ.”
In a demonstration of the Internet’s viral prowess, some 2.3 million MSN users have attached “I Love China” icons to their online profiles as an expression of solidarity against “Tibetan separatists.” A Google search for “Carrefour Boycott” in Chinese yielded over 2.4 million Web pages, most of them created in the last week.
Many of the messages accuse Carrefour executives of providing financial support to pro-Tibetan advocates, a charge the company denies. Others say American fast-food chains should be boycotted as a punishment for the recent meeting by the speaker of the House, Nancy Pelosi, with the Dalai Lama.
In the past, boycott campaigns in China have largely come to naught.
On Wednesday afternoon, as she sat in a cafe sipping a can of Coca-Cola, Ms. Zhu said she thought the boycott would be a success. “Tibet is our country’s territory. You have no right to interfere in our interior affairs,” she said, adding, “A boycott may not be the right long-term solution, but we have to give the French people a lesson.” [********]
Huang Yuanxi contributed research.
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

Russians to Shut Reactor That Produces Bomb Fuel

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/20/world/europe/20russia.html
April 20, 2008
Russians to Shut Reactor That Produces Bomb Fuel
By C.J. CHIVERS [Russia] [former USSR] [following NATO summit in Romania last month] [Bush promised to meet with Putin to discuss US-Russia differences over missiled defense and NATO membership of former Soviet republics] [symbolic only as decisions were made and Bush arrogance-hubris means decision cannot be revisited] [Russia has bee re-asserting itself for past 3 years or so] [apparently Putin believes he has permission to cause mischief in “Near Abroad” as quid pro quo?] [use ir text] [this reactor was placed on a map in the piece that was northeast of Khazakstan by 2-300 miles and due north of Xianjang by perhaps 500 miles] [loose nukes and assorted products in the former USSR] [*****]
MOSCOW — Russia’s state nuclear energy corporation is expected to switch off a nuclear reactor on Sunday in a closed city in Siberia. The reactor has been producing weapons-grade plutonium for four decades, a senior American nonproliferation official said Saturday.

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/20/world/europe/20russia.html
April 20, 2008
Russians to Shut Reactor That Produces Bomb Fuel
By C.J. CHIVERS [Russia] [former USSR] [following NATO summit in Romania last month] [Bush promised to meet with Putin to discuss US-Russia differences over missiled defense and NATO membership of former Soviet republics] [symbolic only as decisions were made and Bush arrogance-hubris means decision cannot be revisited] [Russia has bee re-asserting itself for past 3 years or so] [apparently Putin believes he has permission to cause mischief in “Near Abroad” as quid pro quo?] [use ir text] [this reactor was placed on a map in the piece that was northeast of Khazakstan by 2-300 miles and due north of Xianjang by perhaps 500 miles] [loose nukes and assorted products in the former USSR] [*****]
MOSCOW — Russia’s state nuclear energy corporation is expected to switch off a nuclear reactor on Sunday in a closed city in Siberia. The reactor has been producing weapons-grade plutonium for four decades, a senior American nonproliferation official said Saturday.
The reactor, ADE-4, is one of two in the city of Seversk that have been extraneous remnants of the Soviet Union’s nuclear weapons program since the cold war. For 15 years, they produced plutonium that the Kremlin neither needed nor wanted.
Opened in secret in the 1960s to feed the arms race, the reactors have continued to operate because of their peculiar construction as defense-industry suppliers.
The Defense Ministry stopped purchasing plutonium in 1993, rendering the reactors’ primary purpose obsolete. But the reactors could not be closed, and plutonium was still produced, because the reactors were also a primary source of heat and power to the bitterly cold regions along the Tomsk River, where no equivalent utility sources had been built.
Russian energy officials said switching off the bomb-fuel reactors, which are powered by uranium and produce plutonium as a byproduct, would have meant cutting off a large fraction of the utilities for the cities of Seversk and Tomsk. The cities have a combined population of about 600,000.
“That is obviously critical when you are facing temperatures of 40 below,” said William H. Tobey, deputy administrator of the National Nuclear Security Administration, a semiautonomous agency in the Department of Energy that coordinates nonproliferation programs.
Under a cooperative program between the Russians and the Americans, the United States has provided $285 million to underwrite the refurbishment of a coal plant to provide an alternate utility service to the region, Mr. Tobey said.
The plant has been refurbished enough to switch off the first reactor this week. It is expected to be completed and in full service by June, allowing the second reactor, ADE-5, to be turned off as well.
Although an agreement on the program was reached in 1997 and work on the coal plant began in 2005, Russia notified the United States of its plans to turn off the reactor only on Friday, two American officials said. It had been expected to close later this year.
Officials at Rosatom, the Russian state nuclear energy corporation, could not be reached Saturday.
Mr. Tobey declined to say how much plutonium the reactors had produced, saying that Russia had opposed the public release of data related to its nuclear programs.
But closing the reactors, he said, would prevent “tons of plutonium” from being produced, he said, enough to make hundreds of nuclear weapons.
Britain, Canada, the Netherlands and New Zealand have also donated money, about $30 million, to replace Russia’s remaining plutonium-producing reactors with fossil-fuel plants, Mr. Tobey said.
The country’s only other plutonium-producing reactor, in Zheleznogorsk, is scheduled to be switched off and replaced with a fossil-fuel plant in 2010.
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

Bush, S. Korean President Suggest More Patience With Kim Jong Il

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/19/AR2008041900982.html
Bush, S. Korean President Suggest More Patience With Kim Jong Il
By Dan Eggen
Washington Post Staff Writer
Sunday, April 20, 2008; A10 [DPRK] [ROK] [6-way talks] [with recently elected pres Lee Myung-bak taking harder line that his predecessors] [DPRK reacted strongly and typically overwrought] [after taking nasty vitriolic tirade from DPRK, now Lee Myung-bak cautions patience to Bush] [see today’s govt where Bush defends his administrations approach and argues it hasn’t coddled a crazy tyrant—one may at least hope so] [***********]
President Bush and South Korean President Lee Myung-bak urged patience yesterday in nuclear talks with North Korea, arguing that recent concessions proposed by the United States could lead to tangible progress in stalled negotiations with Pyongyang.

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/19/AR2008041900982.html
Bush, S. Korean President Suggest More Patience With Kim Jong Il
By Dan Eggen
Washington Post Staff Writer
Sunday, April 20, 2008; A10 [DPRK] [ROK] [6-way talks] [with recently elected pres Lee Myung-bak taking harder line that his predecessors] [DPRK reacted strongly and typically overwrought] [after taking nasty vitriolic tirade from DPRK, now Lee Myung-bak cautions patience to Bush] [see today’s govt where Bush defends his administrations approach and argues it hasn’t coddled a crazy tyrant—one may at least hope so] [***********]
President Bush and South Korean President Lee Myung-bak urged patience yesterday in nuclear talks with North Korea, arguing that recent concessions proposed by the United States could lead to tangible progress in stalled negotiations with Pyongyang.
Bush and Lee, appearing at the U.S. presidential retreat at Camp David, sought to tamp down criticism from many of Bush's fellow Republicans, who say the United States is yielding too much ground in six-nation negotiations with the North Korean government. [******]
"Why don't we just wait and see what they say before people go out there and start giving their opinions about whether this is a good deal or a bad deal?" Bush said.
Lee said talks with North Korea require "persistent patience." [it’s much hader for Vulcans to criticize Lee Myung-bak as he’s a hardliner himself] [perhaps this gives the administration’s traditional internationalists some cover after all] [******]
"It's difficult to convince North Korea to give up its nuclear weapons programs, but it is not impossible," Lee said.
The remarks followed two days of meetings between U.S. and South Korean officials and a first-ever stay at Camp David by a South Korean president. Lee, formerly chief executive of Hyundai Group and mayor of Seoul, took office less than two months ago and has vowed to pursue closer ties with the United States after years of rocky relations.
The two countries reached key agreements last week to lower restrictions on U.S. beef imports to South Korea and possibly allow South Korean citizens to travel to the United States without visas. Lee also disclosed plans to establish liaison offices in Seoul and Pyongyang after nearly 60 years of conflict.
But those issues were largely overshadowed yesterday by Lee's and Bush's attempts to mollify critics of the stalled nuclear talks. The Bush administration, which early on labeled Pyongyang as part of its "axis of evil," has recently been criticized by conservatives for its approach to North Korean leader Kim Jong Il.
Under a new U.S. proposal, North Korea would "acknowledge" U.S. concerns and evidence about its apparent efforts to enrich uranium and its suspected nuclear trading with Syria, rather than provide its dossier on such activities. North Korea would also have to finish disabling its main nuclear facility and provide a full accounting of its stockpile of plutonium, U.S. and Asian officials have said.
In return, the move would pave the way for removing North Korea from the U.S. list of state sponsors of terrorism and could exempt it from the Trading With the Enemy Act. Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice suggested last week that the United States could lift the sanctions even before Pyongyang's assertions are verified. [*********] [unsurprisingly, Bolton went wild] [I thinks he’s at AEI now] [****]
Bush defended his administration's steps in his remarks yesterday, emphasizing that verification will still take place and that "I'm not going to accept a deal that doesn't advance the interests of the region."
"The burden of proof is there," Bush said. "We and our partners will take a look at North Korea's full declaration to determine whether or not the activities they promised they could do could be verified. And then we'll make a judgment of our own."
But former U.N. ambassador John R. Bolton said that U.S. policy toward North Korea is "in free fall" and that the Bush administration appears desperate to reach an agreement.
"The North Koreans love patience," Bolton said. "They want tangible economic support and actions in exchange for promises they have absolutely no intention of keeping. . . . Every day of patience is another day propping up Kim Jong Il's regime." [*****]
In his remarks, Bush also urged U.S. lawmakers to abandon "protectionist sentiment" and approve a free-trade agreement with South Korea, which the administration plans to submit to Congress this year.
"It's in our country's interests that we approve this agreement," Bush said.
But the House has already blocked a similar proposal for Colombia, and Democratic leaders have signaled that there is little chance that any other trade pact will be considered in a presidential election year. The Democratic presidential candidates, Sens. Hillary Rodham Clinton (N.Y.) and Barack Obama (Ill.), have said they are opposed to the Korean pact without modifications.
Unlike British Prime Minister Gordon Brown, who also visited Washington last week, Lee did not meet with the two Democrats or with Sen. John McCain (Ariz.), the presumptive Republican nominee, during his trip.
But Derek J. Mitchell, a senior fellow at the Center for Strategic and International Studies, said Lee's focus on issues such as the beef pact and visa waivers suggests he is "laying the groundwork" for relations with the next U.S. president. [as is so frequently the case when a president has become a lame duck] [***********]
"I think he's looking a bit past this administration," Mitchell said. "He's saying, 'We're back as an ally, and we're going to change as a place to do business and invest.' "
© 2008 The Washington Post Company

Revisiting a War That's Seldom Discussed

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/19/AR2008041901864.html
Revisiting a War That's Seldom Discussed
Reservist Hopes Documentary Will Help Israelis Confront Disquieting Lebanon Conflict
By Griff Witte
Washington Post Foreign Service
Sunday, April 20, 2008; A22 [Israel] [domestic politics] [the residual fallout from the 34-day war in 2006] [following the Annapolis conference and the agreement to seek agreement by end of 2008] [more tit-for-tat violence] [followup] [***]
TEL AVIV -- Soon after war unexpectedly broke out on the border between Israel and Lebanon in the summer of 2006, Yariv Mozer, then a 28-year-old Israeli reservist, was called up to the front. With him, he took his rifle and his video camera.

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/19/AR2008041901864.html
Revisiting a War That's Seldom Discussed
Reservist Hopes Documentary Will Help Israelis Confront Disquieting Lebanon Conflict
By Griff Witte
Washington Post Foreign Service
Sunday, April 20, 2008; A22 [Israel] [domestic politics] [the residual fallout from the 34-day war in 2006] [following the Annapolis conference and the agreement to seek agreement by end of 2008] [more tit-for-tat violence] [followup] [***]
TEL AVIV -- Soon after war unexpectedly broke out on the border between Israel and Lebanon in the summer of 2006, Yariv Mozer, then a 28-year-old Israeli reservist, was called up to the front. With him, he took his rifle and his video camera.
As rockets rained down from Hezbollah guerrillas and as Israeli tanks furiously shot back into the distant hills, Mozer kept the camera tied around his neck with a shoelace.
He videotaped as his fellow troops scurried for cover from incoming fire, as ambulances bearing the wounded raced to the hospital, and as disenchantment grew over a misguided battle plan that left the soldiers feeling, as one tells Mozer's camera, like "somebody fooled us."
The result, a documentary that previewed this month, is offering Israel an unusual chance to remember a war that it would rather forget. [*****]
Less than two years after it was fought, the Second Lebanon War [******]is regarded by many Israelis as an embarrassment for a country that has long taken immense pride in its military prowess. Unlike Israel's resounding victories of previous eras, this war's outcome was more muddled: Israel was not defeated, but it did not win, either.
"A semi-military organization of a few thousand men resisted, for a few weeks, the strongest army in the Middle East, which enjoyed full air superiority and size and technological advantages," a government-appointed committee concluded this year.
The war cost Israel 119 soldiers and 45 civilians; more than 1,000 people died in Lebanon, the majority of them civilians.
The fallout from the war included intense criticism of Israel's defense minister and army chief -- both of whom ultimately stepped down -- as well as a public campaign to force the resignation of Prime Minister Ehud Olmert.
No wonder the Second Lebanon War is seldom discussed here anymore.
Mozer's film about the war -- shot, narrated and directed by one of its participants -- is an attempt to restart the conversation.
"My First War" debuted here in early April at the DocAviv Film Festival and will be distributed to theaters in coming weeks. It will be televised nationwide this summer for the second anniversary of the war.
Mozer, who owns a production company in civilian life and is a munitions officer in the reserves, said he did not originally intend to make a movie when he was called up. The camera was intended more for his own peace of mind, allowing him "to separate myself from the reality of war."
But the reality of war turned out to be far different from what he had expected. "I was really naive going into this war," said Mozer, who still looks the part of the soldier, with his muscular build and shaved scalp. "I thought that if the commanders were going to war, they must know what they're doing."
Instead, Mozer and his fellow troops received conflicting orders, inadequate protections and an inscrutable strategy. The goal was to stop the rockets, but Hezbollah's Katyushas continued to streak across the sky throughout the war's 33 days. Soldiers slept in the open in orchards that could turn at a moment's notice into fields of fire. Units were ordered into Lebanon, then hastily pulled back when they encountered the enemy.
While the war was ostensibly launched to save the lives of two Israeli soldiers who had been seized by Hezbollah, the troops that Mozer encountered expressed deep hurt at the lack of care that the military's leadership seemed to show for their lives.
"Somebody sent soldiers to die," a weary Capt. Reuven Saadon tells Mozer from the front seat of an armored Humvee as he drives back from Lebanon. "That is the clearest thing I can say." [***********]
The videotaped conversations with the soldiers came easily, Mozer said, because "I was wearing the same uniforms as they were."
In one of the film's most poignant scenes, Capt. Aharon Yechezkel returns to the front after attending the funeral of a cousin "who was unlucky enough to get a bullet in his armpit rather than the bulletproof jacket."
After the war, Mozer catches up with Yechezkel and finds that he has quit his high-tech job, stopped studying for an advanced degree and is afraid of answering the phone.
Instead, Yechezkel spends his time staring off the Tel Aviv coast, watching the waves of the Mediterranean lap Israel's shore.
Now back at work but still recovering, Yechezkel said in an interview that the transition to civilian life was made more difficult by the fact that most people did not want to acknowledge what had happened. "In Tel Aviv, where I worked, nobody registered the fact that the war was a war," he said. "It didn't have any impact."
Judges at the DocAviv festival commended Mozer's film for its "lively and intense" presentation and for capturing "moments that cannot be reconstructed."
Not everyone was a fan, however. Shlomo Sand, a Tel Aviv University historian, said the film is a prime example of the "shooting and crying" mentality that has long been popular in Israel. He described it as, "Yes, we are crying because we are humans, but we continue to shoot because we don't have any other alternative." [***********]
The film, he said, does not adequately address the basic question of whether the war was necessary. [good for him] [I don’t know the answer and only Israelis can ultimately make that determination] [but it clearly left Israel more vulnerable today] [***] "Shooting and crying doesn't help achieve peace," he said. "Israel wants to forget this war but is still preparing for the next one."
The military cannot have liked the film much, either, though an Israel Defense Forces spokeswoman said she had no comment on it.
In accordance with military policy, Mozer had the film reviewed by IDF officials before it was shown publicly. Initially, censors wanted to make significant cuts. "We had a lot of fights," he said. "They shouted and I shouted."
In the end, there were only two minor changes.
To Mozer, it was important to represent the experiences of his fellow soldiers as they actually happened, without any gloss.
"I don't think of this as an anti-Israel film. Not at all. I care about this country. I'm part of it," he said. "But Israel just moved to the next headline and forgot about this war. We really need to hear the voices of the people of this war, and to understand how traumatic it was for them."
Special correspondent Samuel Sockol contributed to this report.
© 2008 The Washington Post Company

Suicide Bombers Attack at Gaza Border Crossing

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/19/AR2008041901388.html
Suicide Bombers Attack at Gaza Border Crossing
13 Israeli Soldiers Wounded in Blast
By Griff Witte
Washington Post Foreign Service
Sunday, April 20, 2008; A22 [Israeli-Palestinian conflict] [following the Annapolis conference and the agreement to seek agreement by end of 2008] [more tit-for-tat violence] [now dispossessed and angry Gazans, not Hamas per se, exercised over Israel again instead of Hamas] [escalation by the day with increasingly sad results all around] [followup] [***]
JERUSALEM, April 19 -- Hamas suicide bombers detonated two explosives-laden vehicles at a key crossing between Israel and the Gaza Strip on Saturday morning, wounding 13 Israeli soldiers in an attack the army described as unusually sophisticated.

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/19/AR2008041901388.html
Suicide Bombers Attack at Gaza Border Crossing
13 Israeli Soldiers Wounded in Blast
By Griff Witte
Washington Post Foreign Service
Sunday, April 20, 2008; A22 [Israeli-Palestinian conflict] [following the Annapolis conference and the agreement to seek agreement by end of 2008] [more tit-for-tat violence] [now dispossessed and angry Gazans, not Hamas per se, exercised over Israel again instead of Hamas] [escalation by the day with increasingly sad results all around] [followup] [***]
JERUSALEM, April 19 -- Hamas suicide bombers detonated two explosives-laden vehicles at a key crossing between Israel and the Gaza Strip on Saturday morning, wounding 13 Israeli soldiers in an attack the army described as unusually sophisticated.
The bombing, under the cover of morning fog and just hours before the start of the Passover holiday, was the fifth strike at a Gaza border crossing in recent weeks. A Hamas spokesman vowed that there would be "worse to come" as the group released video apparently showing the faces of three attackers before the assault.
Gaza has been under a severe economic blockade since June, when Hamas took over the narrow coastal strip after routing forces loyal to the rival Fatah party.
Hamas, a radical Islamist movement that does not recognize Israel, has vowed repeatedly to break the blockade, although Israeli officials say attacks such as Saturday's show that the group is trying to provoke a crisis in Gaza by striking at the territory's lifelines. All goods coming in and out of Gaza must be approved by Israel, and only humanitarian essentials are allowed through a small number of crossings.
"They know that the crossings are the way to provide food, medicine and gas. They don't care if the population doesn't receive these things," said Maj. Avital Leibovich, an Israeli military spokeswoman.
The assault occurred at 6 a.m. when three vehicles -- two painted to look like Israeli army jeeps and an armored car -- approached the Kerem Shalom crossing in southern Gaza, Leibovich said.
With heavy mortar fire giving them cover, the vehicles burst through a perimeter fence. When Israeli soldiers were dispatched to confront the vehicles, two of the vehicles exploded. Of the 13 soldiers who were wounded, one sustained serious injuries, Leibovich said.
Half an hour later, another armored vehicle approached a different crossing but was struck by an Israeli tank shell before it reached its apparent target.
Also Saturday, four Palestinian fighters and a member of Hamas's police force were killed in Israeli strikes, medical sources in Gaza said.
Saturday's violence came as former U.S. president Jimmy Carter met a second time with Hamas leader Khaled Meshal in Damascus, Syria. The two talked for four hours Friday night and an additional hour Saturday morning.
Carter has said he wants to involve Hamas in the peace process, while Hamas has said it hopes to improve its image by meeting with Carter, the most prominent American to sit down with the group.
Israel and the United States have spoken out against Carter's meetings, saying Hamas is a terrorist organization and should be isolated.
Special correspondent Islam Abdulkarim in Gaza City contributed to this report.
© 2008 The Washington Post Company

Palestinian Suicide Bombers Attack Gaza Crossing

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/20/world/middleeast/20mideast.html
April 20, 2008
Palestinian Suicide Bombers Attack Gaza Crossing
By ISABEL KERSHNER [Israeli-Palestinian conflict] [following the Annapolis conference and the agreement to seek agreement by end of 2008] [more tit-for-tat violence] [now dispossessed and angry Gazans, not Hamas per se, exercised over Israel again instead of Hamas] [escalation by the day with increasingly sad results all around] [followup] [***]
JERUSALEM — Palestinian suicide bombers from Gaza drove three explosives-laden vehicles into the Kerem Shalom goods crossing [****] [the Passover sader] on the border with Israel early on Saturday, detonating two of them, the Israeli military said.

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/20/world/middleeast/20mideast.html
April 20, 2008
Palestinian Suicide Bombers Attack Gaza Crossing
By ISABEL KERSHNER [Israeli-Palestinian conflict] [following the Annapolis conference and the agreement to seek agreement by end of 2008] [more tit-for-tat violence] [now dispossessed and angry Gazans, not Hamas per se, exercised over Israel again instead of Hamas] [escalation by the day with increasingly sad results all around] [followup] [***]
JERUSALEM — Palestinian suicide bombers from Gaza drove three explosives-laden vehicles into the Kerem Shalom goods crossing [****] [the Passover sader] on the border with Israel early on Saturday, detonating two of them, the Israeli military said.
Three bombers were killed in the blasts and 13 Israeli soldiers were wounded, three moderately and the rest lightly, the military said.
Hamas, the Islamic group that controls the Gaza Strip, claimed responsibility for the attack. It came on the eve of the weeklong Passover holiday in Israel and hours before former President Jimmy Carter held a second meeting in Damascus with exiled leaders of Hamas, [******]reportedly to explore the possibility of a cease-fire and a prisoner exchange between the group and Israel.
Hamas is holding an Israeli soldier, Cpl. Gilad Shalit, who was captured in a border raid on an army position not far from Kerem Shalom and taken into Gaza in June 2006. The group is demanding the release of hundreds of Palestinian prisoners in Israeli jails in return for the Israeli corporal.
Two more Palestinians were killed by Israeli fire in Gaza on Saturday, one a member of the Hamas military wing and the other a member of the Hamas police.
Saturday’s attack on the Kerem Shalom terminal, from where essential goods are transferred into Gaza, appeared to be part of a concerted campaign by Gaza militants against the border crossings. [******] [to everyone’s chagrin they regularly target such vital corridors for humanitarian assistance] [intentionally dispossessing Palestinians as tacit to achieve critica mass against Israel] [***] Hamas officials have issued threats in recent weeks about an impending explosion along Gaza’s borders with Israel and Egypt. This attack was the fifth to have occurred along the border with Israel in the last 10 days, according to Maj. Avital Leibovich, an Israeli Army spokeswoman.
Israel has strictly limited the movement of people and goods in and out of Gaza since Hamas took control of the area last June, and since late last year has further restricted the flow of goods, including fuel supplies, as a sanction against continued rocket fire.
With the passenger crossing on Gaza’s border with Egypt mostly closed, Gaza’s population of 1.5 million is completely reliant on goods allowed in from Israel.
About 200 trucks of essential food and medical supplies currently pass through Kerem Shalom each week. On Friday, 48 trucks delivered goods including wheelchairs, babies’ bottles, meat and fish, the military said.
Israel says that by attacking the crossings, Hamas is trying to create a humanitarian crisis in Gaza that would lead to international pressure on Israel.
Hamas says it is trying to open Gaza by all available means. A spokesman for the group’s military wing, Abu Obeidah, told reporters in Gaza that Saturday’s attack was “a gift for the people under siege” and warned that there is “worse to come.” Asked why Hamas was attacking the entry points when the population was in such dire need of supplies, he replied that Saturday’s attack was “a purely military operation.”
Kerem Shalom is always closed on Saturdays and will be closed Sunday because of Passover, but Major Leibovich said the crossing was likely to reopen in the days after.
The vehicles entered the Palestinian side of the crossing at about 6 a.m. under cover of heavy mortar fire and the early morning mist. They included two jeeps painted to resemble army vehicles and an armored personnel carrier, Major Leibovich said. Israeli forces came to confront them as they headed toward the Israeli side. The soldiers escaped more serious injury because they were in a fortified space.
Another armored personnel carrier was spotted half an hour later by soldiers at a border position north of Kerem Shalom. That vehicle was blown up by Israeli fire before it could reach the border fence.
Abu Obeidah said that four booby-trapped vehicles had headed for Kerem Shalom, and that three had exploded and one had withdrawn.
The armored personnel carriers used by Hamas on Saturday used to belong to the Fatah-dominated Palestinian Authority, which had acquired them with Israeli permission as part of past peace accords. Hamas seized the vehicles when it took over the strip, routing Fatah forces there.
On Thursday, Israeli forces shot at an armed Palestinian group approaching Kerem Shalom, killing one, and Palestinian snipers fired at Nahal Oz, the only fuel depot along the border.
On Wednesday, three Israeli soldiers and four militants were killed in an ambush laid by Hamas near the border, and 14 Palestinians, mostly said to be civilians, were killed in subsequent Israeli strikes.
Two Israeli civilians working at the Nahal Oz fuel depot were killed in an April 9 attack by Gaza militants, which caused the terminal to close down for a week.
On Saturday afternoon Dr. Muawiya Hassanein, director of the emergency medical services in Gaza, said that Health Ministry ambulances would stop running at 6 p.m. because of a shortage of gasoline.
Israel insists there are enough fuel reserves in Gaza to avert a crisis, but the Gaza association that distributes the gasoline has been on strike in recent weeks in protest against the reduced supplies.
On Friday night, four rockets fired from Gaza slammed into the Israeli border town of Sderot, causing damage to property but no injuries.
Before his meetings in the Syrian capital, Mr. Carter met with Hamas officials in Cairo on Thursday, where he asked them to halt rocket attacks against Israel and sharply criticized Israel for causing suffering to the residents of Gaza by restricting supplies.
Mr. Carter angered Israeli and American officials by meeting with Hamas, which Israel, the United States and the European Union classify as a terrorist organization.
Taghreed El-Khodary contributed reporting from Gaza.
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

Pakistani, Abducted, Cites Taliban on Video

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/20/world/asia/20afghan.html
April 20, 2008
Pakistani, Abducted, Cites Taliban on Video
By CARLOTTA GALL [Afghanistan] [hydra] [Pakistan became the clear staging area for operations into Afghanistan during 2007] [AfPak] [tactics previously unseen in Afghanistan appeared as the insurgency ramped up] [the winter lull is upon the region?] [followup] [additional indications that spring offensive is on: Taliban getting bolder in their stronghold] [note: interesting pieces in today’s govt with military agitating for more aggressive tactics in AfPak as well as some worrying openly about –iraq effects on miltary] [****]
KABUL, Afghanistan — Pakistan’s ambassador to Afghanistan, who was abducted in Pakistan two months ago, has appeared on a video that was shown on Pakistani television on Saturday saying he was being held by Pakistani Taliban militants [****] and calling on his government to meet their demands.

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/20/world/asia/20afghan.html
April 20, 2008
Pakistani, Abducted, Cites Taliban on Video
By CARLOTTA GALL [Afghanistan] [hydra] [Pakistan became the clear staging area for operations into Afghanistan during 2007] [AfPak] [tactics previously unseen in Afghanistan appeared as the insurgency ramped up] [the winter lull is upon the region?] [followup] [additional indications that spring offensive is on: Taliban getting bolder in their stronghold] [note: interesting pieces in today’s govt with military agitating for more aggressive tactics in AfPak as well as some worrying openly about –iraq effects on miltary] [****]
KABUL, Afghanistan — Pakistan’s ambassador to Afghanistan, who was abducted in Pakistan two months ago, has appeared on a video that was shown on Pakistani television on Saturday saying he was being held by Pakistani Taliban militants [****] and calling on his government to meet their demands.
The ambassador, Tariq Azizuddin, was shown in the video sitting in a rugged mountain setting beside his driver and his personal guard, both of whom had been abducted with him. Three masked gunmen stood behind them. Mr. Azizuddin called on Pakistan’s foreign secretary, two friends who are Pakistan’s ambassadors to Iran and China, and his brother, Tahir Azizuddin, to do all they could to meet the demands of the Taliban. [******]
“I appeal to them to try to do their best to protect our lives and accept whatever the Taliban mujahedeen demand as soon as possible,” he said in the video.
“To my family members and my children, I am telling you I am O.K.; my health right now is in a stable condition,” he said. “I appeal to you to pray for us that our health remains stable.”
Mr. Azizuddin, who has grown a white beard since his capture, did not specify the Taliban’s demands. He said the video was made March 8 and that the three were being treated well. He said he was concerned about his health because he had high blood pressure and a heart condition. [*******]
Muhammad Naeem, a spokesman at the Pakistani Embassy in Kabul, said the embassy had learned about a month ago that the ambassador was being held captive by a group and that the militants were demanding the release of some of their own colleagues who were being held by Pakistan. He said the video was 40 days old, but was a good sign in that the militants were making contact. “It seems they want to open negotiations,” he said.
In the Pakistani capital, Islamabad, the Foreign Ministry spokesman, Mohammed Sadiq, said the government had assurances that Mr. Azizuddin was unharmed.
The Taliban militants have demanded the release of a senior Afghan Taliban figure, Mullah Obaidullah Akhund, who served as defense minister in the Afghan Taliban government, as well as five or six others who were Pakistanis and Afghans, [***] said a Pakistani government official with knowledge of the case. Mullah Obaidullah has been an important figure behind the Taliban insurgency in Afghanistan and was reported to have been arrested in Pakistan in March 2007.
The government official also said that the men who abducted the ambassador had passed the captive on to the Pakistani Taliban, namely the Tehrik-e-Taliban, [******]an umbrella organization of Pakistani militant groups.
In the video, the ambassador said he was taken into custody by “Taliban mujahedeen,” or holy warriors, in Khyber, one of Pakistan’s tribal regions, on Feb. 11. “Since then until now, we have been their guests,” he said.
At the time of his abduction, Mr. Azizuddin was on his way from Peshawar in a private car to the Afghan border, where an escort was waiting to take him to the embassy in Kabul.
His abduction, at a time of escalating militancy in the weeks after the assassination of Benazir Bhutto, the former prime minister, and just before national elections, was acutely embarrassing for the government of President Pervez Musharraf and was another sign of the increasingly brazen militant attacks against his government. [and the growth and fearlessness of the Taliban and al Qaeda in AfPak] [********]
The violence has ebbed in Pakistan since a new government, formed from parties opposed to Mr. Musharraf, was sworn in last month, yet the Pakistani Taliban, which encompasses tribal militias and radical militant groups linked to Al Qaeda, have continued attacks and kidnappings in the semiautonomous tribal areas bordering Afghanistan.
Al Qaeda often uses Arab television stations to release videos of news from its leaders, Osama bin Laden and Ayman al-Zawahri, who are widely believed to be hiding in Pakistan’s tribal areas along the border with Afghanistan. The use of the same pipeline for this video suggests a possible link between the ambassador’s captors and the Qaeda network. [were they produced by al Qaeda “The Clouds”?] [****]
The government official said that Tehrik-e-Taliban is led by Baitullah Mehsud, who is wanted for organizing dozens of suicide bombings in Pakistan. The militants in the video were Pakistani Taliban and wore turbans wrapped around their faces and carried Kalashnikov rifles.
Ismail Khan contributed reporting from Peshawar, Pakistan.
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

Rice in Iraq After Heavy Fighting in Sadr City

http://www.nytimes.com/reuters/world/international-iraq.html
April 20, 2008
Rice in Iraq After Heavy Fighting in Sadr City
By REUTERS
Filed at 10:32 a.m. ET [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [bush administration’s “surge option” or “new way forward” underway] [some positive indicators of improvement] [nevertheless, violence while surge unfolds] [pentagon’s recent status report—pretty awful but also predictable] [followup] [“surge” continues amid mixed indicators] [a recent pickup in suicide bombers and other violence] [post 5-year anniversary of invasion] [post April Patraeus-Crocker report] [sec state Rice makes another “surprise” visit apparently touching bases with al Maliki over Basra offensive]] [*****]
BAGHDAD (Reuters) - U.S. Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice on Sunday threw her weight behind the Iraqi government's efforts to isolate Shi'ite cleric Moqtada al-Sadr, who has threatened an "open war" on security forces.

http://www.nytimes.com/reuters/world/international-iraq.html
April 20, 2008
Rice in Iraq After Heavy Fighting in Sadr City
By REUTERS
Filed at 10:32 a.m. ET [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [bush administration’s “surge option” or “new way forward” underway] [some positive indicators of improvement] [nevertheless, violence while surge unfolds] [pentagon’s recent status report—pretty awful but also predictable] [followup] [“surge” continues amid mixed indicators] [a recent pickup in suicide bombers and other violence] [post 5-year anniversary of invasion] [post April Patraeus-Crocker report] [sec state Rice makes another “surprise” visit apparently touching bases with al Maliki over Basra offensive]] [*****]
BAGHDAD (Reuters) - U.S. Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice on Sunday threw her weight behind the Iraqi government's efforts to isolate Shi'ite cleric Moqtada al-Sadr, who has threatened an "open war" on security forces.
Arriving on an unannounced visit to Baghdad, Rice said she wanted to support what she called a new political "centre" in Iraq that has backed Shi'ite Prime Minister Nuri al-Maliki's crackdown on Sadr's Mehdi Army militia.
Underscoring the threat of widening violence, the U.S. military said it killed 20 militiamen overnight in clashes with security forces in Sadr's Baghdad stronghold. A military spokesman called it the capital's "hottest night" in weeks. [*******]
"It is indeed a moment of opportunity in Iraq thanks to the courageous decisions taken by the prime minister and a unified Iraqi leadership," Rice said [****] [it may have been courageous though I rather doubt it] [but we know that it was ill conceived and poorly planned and/or coordinated with US] [*****] in brief televised remarks with President Jalal Talabani after they held talks.
"And of course the Iraqi security forces have fought very bravely in this recent operation."
Rice, who also met Maliki, arrived a day after Sadr threatened an uprising against the U.S.-backed government if it did not halt attacks on his followers. The populist anti-American cleric launched two uprisings in 2004.
A rebellion by the Mehdi Army militia -- which has tens of thousands of fighters -- could abruptly end a period of lower violence at a time when U.S. forces are starting to leave Iraq.
Rice did not take questions during the televised appearance and has so far not commented directly on Sadr's threat.
Maliki launched a crackdown on Sadr's followers late last month that has led to the worst fighting in Iraq in nearly a year. The crackdown has been backed by all parties across Iraq's sectarian and ethnic divide except the Sadrist movement.
Referring to that support for Maliki, Rice earlier told reporters there was a "coalescing of a centre in Iraqi politics" that was working together better than at any time.
"I would like just to see what we can do to promote that kind of centre that I think is clearly coming together," she said.
ROCKETS HIT GREEN ZONE
As Rice met Maliki and other ministers, rockets could be heard hitting the Green Zone government and diplomatic compound where the prime minister has his office. Rice left the meeting about five minutes after an all-clear signal was given.
Washington blames much of the rocket and mortar fire on the Green Zone on rogue elements of the Mehdi Army that it says are armed, trained and funded by Iran. [***] Tehran denies the charge. [they are trained and disciplined so US makes presumption] [however, in other pieces in today’s external, some evidence that iran has turned away from Sadr somewhat] [*********]
Rice applauded Maliki's efforts to tackle militias but conceded it had been tough. U.S. commanders say the initial operation in the southern city of Basra was badly planned.
"It has not been the smoothest of processes but it is an important step that the Iraqi government has taken," she said.
Sadr's threat dramatically raises the stakes in his confrontation with Maliki, who has threatened to ban Sadr's movement from political life unless he disbands his militia.
In response, Sadr has threatened to formally scrap a ceasefire he imposed on the Mehdi Army last August, which is already hanging by a thread after recent clashes.
Sadr backed Maliki's rise to power in 2006, but the youthful cleric split with the prime minister, a fellow Shi'ite, a year ago, in part for refusing to set a timetable for the withdrawal of U.S. troops from Iraq.
U.S. military spokesman Lieutenant-Colonel Steven Stover said there had been numerous clashes in Sadr City overnight involving gunbattles and air strikes. He said a total of 20 militia fighters had been killed.
"I would say it's been the hottest night in a couple of weeks," he said.
The Mehdi Army has put up a fierce fight in Sadr City against Iraqi forces, who are backed by U.S. ground troops and air strikes. Fighting in the Sadr City slum has claimed hundreds of lives since last month.
Sadr's threat could not come at a worse time. On Friday, U.S. forces said they had intelligence suggesting Sunni Islamist al Qaeda, pushed out of Baghdad and western Iraq last year, was plotting a return to the capital to stage major bomb attacks.
(Additional reporting by Peter Graff, Noah Barkin, Aseel Kami, Waleed Ibrahim and Ahmed Rasheed in Baghdad; Writing by Dean Yates; Editing by Mary Gabriel)
Copyright 2008 Reuters Ltd.

Iraqi Army Takes Last Basra Areas From Sadr Force

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/20/world/middleeast/20iraq.html
April 20, 2008
Iraqi Army Takes Last Basra Areas From Sadr Force
By JAMES GLANZ and ALISSA J. RUBIN [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [bush administration’s “surge option” or “new way forward” underway] [some positive indicators of improvement] [nevertheless, violence while surge unfolds] [pentagon’s recent status report—pretty awful but also predictable] [followup] [“surge” continues amid mixed indicators] [a recent pickup in suicide bombers and other violence] [post 5-year anniversary of invasion] [post April Patraeus-Crocker report] [alas, -iraq conrtinues to keep US flatfooted on global jihjadis] [Basra offensive continues] [*****]
BAGHDAD — Iraqi soldiers took control of the last bastions of the cleric Moktada al-Sadr’s militia in Basra on Saturday, and Iran’s ambassador to Baghdad strongly endorsed the Iraqi government’s monthlong military operation against the fighters.

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/20/world/middleeast/20iraq.html
April 20, 2008
Iraqi Army Takes Last Basra Areas From Sadr Force
By JAMES GLANZ and ALISSA J. RUBIN [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [bush administration’s “surge option” or “new way forward” underway] [some positive indicators of improvement] [nevertheless, violence while surge unfolds] [pentagon’s recent status report—pretty awful but also predictable] [followup] [“surge” continues amid mixed indicators] [a recent pickup in suicide bombers and other violence] [post 5-year anniversary of invasion] [post April Patraeus-Crocker report] [alas, -iraq conrtinues to keep US flatfooted on global jihjadis] [Basra offensive continues] [*****]
BAGHDAD — Iraqi soldiers took control of the last bastions of the cleric Moktada al-Sadr’s militia in Basra on Saturday, and Iran’s ambassador to Baghdad strongly endorsed the Iraqi government’s monthlong military operation against the fighters.
By Saturday evening, Basra was calm, but only after air and artillery strikes by American and British forces cleared the way for Iraqi troops to move into the Hayaniya district and other remaining Mahdi Army militia strongholds and begin house-to house searches, Iraqi officials said. Iraqi troops were meeting little resistance, said Maj. Gen. Abdul-Karim Khalaf, the spokesman for the Iraqi Interior Ministry in Baghdad.
Despite the apparent concession of Basra, Mr. Sadr issued defiant words on Saturday night. In a long statement read from the loudspeakers of his Sadr City Mosque, he threatened to declare “war until liberation” against the government if fighting against his militia forces continued. [*******]
But it was difficult to tell whether his words posed a real threat or were a desperate effort to prove that his group was still a feared force, especially given that his militia’s actions in Basra followed a pattern seen again and again: the Mahdi militia battles Iraqi government troops to a standstill and then retreats.
Why his fighters have clung to those fight-then-fade tactics is unknown. But American military and civilian officials have repeatedly claimed that Mahdi Army units trained and equipped by Iran had played a major role in the unexpectedly strong resistance that government troops met in Basra.
Whether to counter those allegations or simply because, as many Iraqis have recently speculated, Mr. Sadr’s stock has recently fallen in Iranian eyes, the Iranian ambassador, Hassan Kazemi Qumi, on Saturday expressed his government’s strong support for the Iraqi assault on Basra. He even called the militias in Basra “outlaws,” the same term that Prime Minister Nuri Kamal al-Maliki has used to describe them.
“The idea of the government in Basra was to fight outlaws,” Mr. Qumi said. “This was the right of the government and the responsibility of the government. And in my opinion the government was able to achieve a positive result in Basra.”
Strikingly, however, Ambassador Qumi simultaneously condemned American-led operations against the Mahdi Army in the Shiite enclave of Sadr City, where major new clashes broke out on Saturday. He said the American-backed fighting in that densely populated district was causing only civilian casualties rather than achieving any positive result.
“The American insistence on coming and having a siege on a couple of million people in one area and striking them with warplanes and shelling them randomly — many innocent people will be killed through this operation,” Mr. Qumi said. “The result of this operation will be the sabotage and destruction of buildings, and many people will leave their homes.”
The events in Basra, in contrast with the Mahdi Army’s continued fighting in Sadr City, renewed questions about where the Sadrist movement stands in Iraq’s unstable political landscape. While his faction has often played the spoiler in Baghdad’s Shiite political structure, his followers also represent the poor and disenfranchised, who were battered under Saddam Hussein, [****] making it difficult for the government to write them off.
In his statement on Saturday, Mr. Sadr seemed to be claiming the moral high ground despite having to cede territory in Basra. He compared the Iraqi government to that of Saddam Hussein and said that the government had become the enemy along with Sunni extremists and the Americans.
“You are using the politics of Saddam and his followers when he banned the Friday Prayer and displaced women and children; when he created divisions among groups of Iraqis; and used the politics of assassination,” the statement said. “If you do not stop we will announce a war until liberation.”
Still, at one point he sounded an almost plaintive note, saying, “This government has forgotten that we are their brothers and were part of them.”
The combination of the Iranian ambassador’s stance and the retreat of militia fighters in Basra may give fuel to accusations by some American and Sunni Arab officials that Iran has taken a powerful and increasingly open role in Iraqi politics. [***********]
Mr. Maliki’s abrupt assault on Basra last month has been widely criticized as being poorly planned. But it is believed to have been encouraged by the Islamic Supreme Council of Iraq, a crucial element of his governing coalition. Many members of the armed wing of the council, called the Badr Organization, joined the government’s security forces early in the Iraq conflict, and have been battling the Sadr-led forces. [*****]Mr. Sadr’s political movement is also an important rival of the Supreme Council.
Because leaders of the council and its armed wing spent years and sometimes decades in exile in Iran during Saddam Hussein’s regime, it was assumed that the silence of the Badr Organization during the Basra offensive indicated that Iran had given at least tacit approval for the move.
Mr. Qumi’s statements now give strong support to that view. They also suggest that Iran, which has historically tried to play Shiite groups against one another in Iraq, has decided to pull back on its support for the group that American officials have continually pointed to as an Iranian-trained troublemaker: Mr. Sadr’s Mahdi Army.
Whether that means that the stock of Mr. Sadr himself has fallen is unknown, although Mr. Qumi seemed to avoid discussing the cleric and certainly refused to give him any credit for ending the fighting in Basra. At one point during the fighting, members of the Iraqi Parliament traveled to Iran, where Mr. Sadr is believed to be residing, and helped negotiate the terms of a truce.
The developments came as sporadic fighting continued to in some parts of Sadr City on Saturday night. Americans continued to strike Mahdi Army positions in the district’s southern sector, which Iraqi and American troops now largely control.
The fighting overnight Friday and into Saturday was worse than earlier in the week, and wounded at least 66 people, who were taken to the Imam Ali hospital in Sadr City.
Residents described mortar and rocket fire as well as gun battles, with the militias largely initiating the fighting in recent days. And an American reporter traveling with American and Iraqi troops saw that several additional companies had been sent into Sadr City on Saturday.
The Iraqi troops began clearing side streets and alleyways in the southern sector with the aim of gaining full control of the area. Meanwhile, the militias continued to try to dislodge them, infiltrating from the more northern part of Sadr City.
American forces are supporting the Iraqi Army with attack aircraft, medical care and some help with logistics. And while the Iraqi operation is principally focused on holding ground in southern Sadr City, the American focus in the area is mostly on stopping rocket and mortar attacks on the nearby Green Zone.
The latest offensive in Basra started at 6 a.m. Saturday when American and British warplanes and artillery pounded Hayaniya, in northern Basra. The neighborhood had remained a Mahdi Army stronghold after earlier operations had ousted them from the center of the city. “The assault was against known criminal rocket and mortar sites west of Hayaniya,” according to a statement issued in Baghdad by the American military.
The bombing campaign, which could be heard throughout the city, according to residents, prepared the ground for Iraqi troops, who by evening were moving through the district doing house-to-house searches for weapons caches and materials for roadside bombs, also known as improvised explosive devices, or I.E.D.’s.
Lt. Gen. Mohan al-Freiji, who is one of the officers in charge of the Basra operation, told reporters that “a few days ago, we told the insurgents to give up their heavy weapons and the I.E.D.’s. But until yesterday night they shot mortar shells and planted improvised explosive devices in Hayaniya’s streets. They are gangsters who are fighting under the name of Mahdi Army.”
Both Mr. Sadr’s office in Basra and the Iraqi general in charge of the operation said there had been little resistance from gunmen there. Aides to Mr. Sadr said that that was because the cleric had ordered his fighters to withdraw. “The Iraqi Army entered Hayaniya and the Mahdi Army did not resist because they made a commitment to obey Moktada al-Sadr’s order,” said Harith al-Athari, the head of the Sadr office in Basra.
The American military said in a statement that British and American military training teams were working alongside Iraqi soldiers and that the Iraqi military consulted with senior British and American officers before undertaking this stage in the battle.
The consultation is a contrast to the early days of the Basra operation, personally led by Mr. Maliki, when Iraqi troops moved in on Basra, with little prior consultation with either the Americans the British, the coalition troops who have a base in the area. Later, members of Mr. Maliki’s inner circle conceded that they had a communications problem, especially with the British, that needed to be rectified.
Michael Gordon and Ahmad Fadam contributed reporting from Baghdad, and Iraqi employees of The New York Times from Basra and Baghdad.
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

Iraqi Army Takes Last Basra Areas From Sadr Force

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/20/world/middleeast/20iraq.html
April 20, 2008
Iraqi Army Takes Last Basra Areas From Sadr Force
By JAMES GLANZ and ALISSA J. RUBIN [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [bush administration’s “surge option” or “new way forward” underway] [some positive indicators of improvement] [nevertheless, violence while surge unfolds] [pentagon’s recent status report—pretty awful but also predictable] [followup] [“surge” continues amid mixed indicators] [a recent pickup in suicide bombers and other violence] [post 5-year anniversary of invasion] [post April Patraeus-Crocker report] [alas, -iraq conrtinues to keep US flatfooted on global jihjadis] [Basra offensive continues] [*****]
BAGHDAD — Iraqi soldiers took control of the last bastions of the cleric Moktada al-Sadr’s militia in Basra on Saturday, and Iran’s ambassador to Baghdad strongly endorsed the Iraqi government’s monthlong military operation against the fighters.

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/20/world/middleeast/20iraq.html
April 20, 2008
Iraqi Army Takes Last Basra Areas From Sadr Force
By JAMES GLANZ and ALISSA J. RUBIN [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [bush administration’s “surge option” or “new way forward” underway] [some positive indicators of improvement] [nevertheless, violence while surge unfolds] [pentagon’s recent status report—pretty awful but also predictable] [followup] [“surge” continues amid mixed indicators] [a recent pickup in suicide bombers and other violence] [post 5-year anniversary of invasion] [post April Patraeus-Crocker report] [alas, -iraq conrtinues to keep US flatfooted on global jihjadis] [Basra offensive continues] [*****]
BAGHDAD — Iraqi soldiers took control of the last bastions of the cleric Moktada al-Sadr’s militia in Basra on Saturday, and Iran’s ambassador to Baghdad strongly endorsed the Iraqi government’s monthlong military operation against the fighters.
By Saturday evening, Basra was calm, but only after air and artillery strikes by American and British forces cleared the way for Iraqi troops to move into the Hayaniya district and other remaining Mahdi Army militia strongholds and begin house-to house searches, Iraqi officials said. Iraqi troops were meeting little resistance, said Maj. Gen. Abdul-Karim Khalaf, the spokesman for the Iraqi Interior Ministry in Baghdad.
Despite the apparent concession of Basra, Mr. Sadr issued defiant words on Saturday night. In a long statement read from the loudspeakers of his Sadr City Mosque, he threatened to declare “war until liberation” against the government if fighting against his militia forces continued. [*******]
But it was difficult to tell whether his words posed a real threat or were a desperate effort to prove that his group was still a feared force, especially given that his militia’s actions in Basra followed a pattern seen again and again: the Mahdi militia battles Iraqi government troops to a standstill and then retreats.
Why his fighters have clung to those fight-then-fade tactics is unknown. But American military and civilian officials have repeatedly claimed that Mahdi Army units trained and equipped by Iran had played a major role in the unexpectedly strong resistance that government troops met in Basra.
Whether to counter those allegations or simply because, as many Iraqis have recently speculated, Mr. Sadr’s stock has recently fallen in Iranian eyes, the Iranian ambassador, Hassan Kazemi Qumi, on Saturday expressed his government’s strong support for the Iraqi assault on Basra. He even called the militias in Basra “outlaws,” the same term that Prime Minister Nuri Kamal al-Maliki has used to describe them.
“The idea of the government in Basra was to fight outlaws,” Mr. Qumi said. “This was the right of the government and the responsibility of the government. And in my opinion the government was able to achieve a positive result in Basra.”
Strikingly, however, Ambassador Qumi simultaneously condemned American-led operations against the Mahdi Army in the Shiite enclave of Sadr City, where major new clashes broke out on Saturday. He said the American-backed fighting in that densely populated district was causing only civilian casualties rather than achieving any positive result.
“The American insistence on coming and having a siege on a couple of million people in one area and striking them with warplanes and shelling them randomly — many innocent people will be killed through this operation,” Mr. Qumi said. “The result of this operation will be the sabotage and destruction of buildings, and many people will leave their homes.”
The events in Basra, in contrast with the Mahdi Army’s continued fighting in Sadr City, renewed questions about where the Sadrist movement stands in Iraq’s unstable political landscape. While his faction has often played the spoiler in Baghdad’s Shiite political structure, his followers also represent the poor and disenfranchised, who were battered under Saddam Hussein, [****] making it difficult for the government to write them off.
In his statement on Saturday, Mr. Sadr seemed to be claiming the moral high ground despite having to cede territory in Basra. He compared the Iraqi government to that of Saddam Hussein and said that the government had become the enemy along with Sunni extremists and the Americans.
“You are using the politics of Saddam and his followers when he banned the Friday Prayer and displaced women and children; when he created divisions among groups of Iraqis; and used the politics of assassination,” the statement said. “If you do not stop we will announce a war until liberation.”
Still, at one point he sounded an almost plaintive note, saying, “This government has forgotten that we are their brothers and were part of them.”
The combination of the Iranian ambassador’s stance and the retreat of militia fighters in Basra may give fuel to accusations by some American and Sunni Arab officials that Iran has taken a powerful and increasingly open role in Iraqi politics. [***********]
Mr. Maliki’s abrupt assault on Basra last month has been widely criticized as being poorly planned. But it is believed to have been encouraged by the Islamic Supreme Council of Iraq, a crucial element of his governing coalition. Many members of the armed wing of the council, called the Badr Organization, joined the government’s security forces early in the Iraq conflict, and have been battling the Sadr-led forces. [*****]Mr. Sadr’s political movement is also an important rival of the Supreme Council.
Because leaders of the council and its armed wing spent years and sometimes decades in exile in Iran during Saddam Hussein’s regime, it was assumed that the silence of the Badr Organization during the Basra offensive indicated that Iran had given at least tacit approval for the move.
Mr. Qumi’s statements now give strong support to that view. They also suggest that Iran, which has historically tried to play Shiite groups against one another in Iraq, has decided to pull back on its support for the group that American officials have continually pointed to as an Iranian-trained troublemaker: Mr. Sadr’s Mahdi Army.
Whether that means that the stock of Mr. Sadr himself has fallen is unknown, although Mr. Qumi seemed to avoid discussing the cleric and certainly refused to give him any credit for ending the fighting in Basra. At one point during the fighting, members of the Iraqi Parliament traveled to Iran, where Mr. Sadr is believed to be residing, and helped negotiate the terms of a truce.
The developments came as sporadic fighting continued to in some parts of Sadr City on Saturday night. Americans continued to strike Mahdi Army positions in the district’s southern sector, which Iraqi and American troops now largely control.
The fighting overnight Friday and into Saturday was worse than earlier in the week, and wounded at least 66 people, who were taken to the Imam Ali hospital in Sadr City.
Residents described mortar and rocket fire as well as gun battles, with the militias largely initiating the fighting in recent days. And an American reporter traveling with American and Iraqi troops saw that several additional companies had been sent into Sadr City on Saturday.
The Iraqi troops began clearing side streets and alleyways in the southern sector with the aim of gaining full control of the area. Meanwhile, the militias continued to try to dislodge them, infiltrating from the more northern part of Sadr City.
American forces are supporting the Iraqi Army with attack aircraft, medical care and some help with logistics. And while the Iraqi operation is principally focused on holding ground in southern Sadr City, the American focus in the area is mostly on stopping rocket and mortar attacks on the nearby Green Zone.
The latest offensive in Basra started at 6 a.m. Saturday when American and British warplanes and artillery pounded Hayaniya, in northern Basra. The neighborhood had remained a Mahdi Army stronghold after earlier operations had ousted them from the center of the city. “The assault was against known criminal rocket and mortar sites west of Hayaniya,” according to a statement issued in Baghdad by the American military.
The bombing campaign, which could be heard throughout the city, according to residents, prepared the ground for Iraqi troops, who by evening were moving through the district doing house-to-house searches for weapons caches and materials for roadside bombs, also known as improvised explosive devices, or I.E.D.’s.
Lt. Gen. Mohan al-Freiji, who is one of the officers in charge of the Basra operation, told reporters that “a few days ago, we told the insurgents to give up their heavy weapons and the I.E.D.’s. But until yesterday night they shot mortar shells and planted improvised explosive devices in Hayaniya’s streets. They are gangsters who are fighting under the name of Mahdi Army.”
Both Mr. Sadr’s office in Basra and the Iraqi general in charge of the operation said there had been little resistance from gunmen there. Aides to Mr. Sadr said that that was because the cleric had ordered his fighters to withdraw. “The Iraqi Army entered Hayaniya and the Mahdi Army did not resist because they made a commitment to obey Moktada al-Sadr’s order,” said Harith al-Athari, the head of the Sadr office in Basra.
The American military said in a statement that British and American military training teams were working alongside Iraqi soldiers and that the Iraqi military consulted with senior British and American officers before undertaking this stage in the battle.
The consultation is a contrast to the early days of the Basra operation, personally led by Mr. Maliki, when Iraqi troops moved in on Basra, with little prior consultation with either the Americans the British, the coalition troops who have a base in the area. Later, members of Mr. Maliki’s inner circle conceded that they had a communications problem, especially with the British, that needed to be rectified.
Michael Gordon and Ahmad Fadam contributed reporting from Baghdad, and Iraqi employees of The New York Times from Basra and Baghdad.
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

Sadr Warns Of 'Open War' If Crackdown Is Not Halted

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/19/AR2008041902057.html
Sadr Warns Of 'Open War' If Crackdown Is Not Halted
By Amit R. Paley and Ernesto Londoño
Washington Post Foreign Service
Sunday, April 20, 2008; A20 [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [bush administration’s “surge option” or “new way forward” underway] [some positive indicators of improvement] [nevertheless, violence while surge unfolds] [pentagon’s recent status report—pretty awful but also predictable] [followup] [“surge” continues amid mixed indicators] [a recent pickup in suicide bombers and other violence] [post 5-year anniversary of invasion] [post April Patraeus-Crocker report] [at least 2nd time since Basra offensive that Sadr has demanded it end lest Maliki face Sadr’s wrath] [*****]
BAGHDAD, April 19 -- Anti-American cleric Moqtada al-Sadr threatened Saturday to launch an all-out war against the U.S.-backed Iraqi government if it continues a widespread crackdown on his followers. [******]

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/19/AR2008041902057.html
Sadr Warns Of 'Open War' If Crackdown Is Not Halted
By Amit R. Paley and Ernesto Londoño
Washington Post Foreign Service
Sunday, April 20, 2008; A20 [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [bush administration’s “surge option” or “new way forward” underway] [some positive indicators of improvement] [nevertheless, violence while surge unfolds] [pentagon’s recent status report—pretty awful but also predictable] [followup] [“surge” continues amid mixed indicators] [a recent pickup in suicide bombers and other violence] [post 5-year anniversary of invasion] [post April Patraeus-Crocker report] [at least 2nd time since Basra offensive that Sadr has demanded it end lest Maliki face Sadr’s wrath] [*****]
BAGHDAD, April 19 -- Anti-American cleric Moqtada al-Sadr threatened Saturday to launch an all-out war against the U.S.-backed Iraqi government if it continues a widespread crackdown on his followers. [******]
In a statement brimming with his most bellicose language in months, Sadr said he was issuing a "final warning" to the government to end the campaign against Shiite militias that has cost hundreds of lives since it began last month. [****]If not, Sadr said, he would declare an "open war until liberation." [*******]
A full-blown uprising by Sadr's Mahdi Army militia would be a major setback to the security improvements in Iraq over the past year, credited largely to his cease-fire order last summer. The Mahdi Army, which waged two bloody rebellions against U.S. troops in 2004, has shown in the past how quickly it can gather thousands of fighters.
"Do you want a third uprising?" Sadr said in the statement.
The warning came as Iraqi and U.S. troops continued their offensive against Sadrist strongholds with ground operations and airstrikes that killed at least a dozen people [*****] Friday night and Saturday in the southern city of Basra and in Baghdad's Sadr City neighborhood.
Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki launched the campaign last month in Basra with the stated aim of eliminating militias and gangs, though most of the fighting appeared to focus on Sadrists. Maliki demanded that Sadr dismantle the Mahdi Army militia as a condition of being permitted to participate in provincial elections in the fall.
Sadr repeatedly urged his followers not to fight back, calling the offensive an attempt to weaken a rival Shiite party before the elections. [***]His aides have accused his chief political foes -- Maliki's Dawa party and the Islamic Supreme Council of Iraq -- of human rights abuses against Sadrists. [Dawa has no militia per se, except Iraqi govt troops] [ISCI has Badr militia] [***********]
"The government is fighting them, shedding their blood, taking their women as hostages and imprisoning their families," Sadr said in the statement. "What mistake have the followers made to escape the injustice of Saddam only to fall under the yoke of assassinations?"
Sadr's statement was posted on his Web site just before 10 p.m. The Iraqi government spokesman, Ali al-Dabbagh, was traveling abroad and could not be reached. Other senior Iraqi officials said hours later that they had not seen the statement and would not comment.
The U.S. military said it hoped that Sadr, who has been bringing his movement further into the political mainstream, would decide not to end the cease-fire he declared eight months ago. "If Sadr declared an open war, we don't see that as a preferable course of action for anyone," [NSSHerlock] [***]said Maj. Brad Leighton, a U.S. military spokesman in Baghdad.
Sadr's statement did not give a deadline for the government to respond. Nevertheless, rumors swirled among Sadr's followers about when fighting might begin.
Sheik Ali al-Suweidy, a spokesman for the Sadr office in Basra, said the government was expected to answer within 14 days. "We are awaiting his order," he said of Sadr.
Haider Abu Abdullah, 33, a Mahdi Army company commander in Kufa, said he had been told that the government had only 24 hours to respond. "The entire Iraqi people, including the Sadr movement, will be harmed after this open war, because no one will be able to count how many people will get killed and injured," he said.
Leewa Smeisim, the head of Sadr's political bureau, said that the cleric had tried to avoid fighting but that the government had taken advantage of his cease-fire by carrying out mass arrests and executions, particularly in the southern cities of Basra, Diwaniyah, Nasiriyah and Karbala.
The threat of Shiite-on-Shiite violence came as the Sunni insurgent group al-Qaeda in Iraq called for a new, month-long wave of attacks on U.S. forces and their Iraqi allies. [*****]
In an audio message posted Saturday on an insurgent Web site, Abu Hamza al-Muhajer, [*****] [AQI] believed to be the group's leader, dubbed the campaign the "attack of righteousness" and said it would be a "celebration" of the 4,000 U.S. soldiers who have died in Iraq.
In Basra, Iraqi officials said that they had taken control of two of the last remaining neighborhoods held by the Mahdi Army. The operation began at 6 a.m. when U.S. and British forces attacked rocket and mortar sites in the area. Iraqi forces then moved into the neighborhoods, Hayaniyah and Jamiat.
"We confiscated many cars with no license plates that were used in kidnappings and assassinations," said Maj. Gen. Jalil Khalaf, the Basra police chief. "And we found thousands of roadside bombs in Hayaniyah."
Faiz Mohammed, 41, who lives in Hayaniyah, said, "We feel safer now."
In a news conference, the Iranian ambassador to Iraq said his government supported Maliki's recent Basra offensive, saying the Iraqi government has a right to target "criminal groups." But the ambassador, Hassan Kazemi Qomi, said the U.S. military operations in Sadr City were ill-conceived.
"The American forces bombed the homes of innocent people," he said. "Many people are also being forced to leave their homes." The U.S. military said it targets fighters, not civilians.
Qomi's remarks are sure to renew speculation about the ties between Iran and both the Sadrists and the Maliki-led government. His strong endorsement of the Basra operation suggests that Iran may be choosing sides in the Shiite-on-Shiite fighting. [*****] It may also bolster the view of some Iraqis that Iran, which the United States has accused of supplying Sadrists with weapons, no longer supports Sadr as strongly [****] as it once did.
Sadr's statement Saturday, however, made it clear that tensions between Sadr and Maliki are about to reach a head.
"This is the very last threat," said Salah al-Obaidi, a top aide to Sadr.
Special correspondents Aahad Ali in Basra, Saad Sarhan in Najaf and Zaid Sabah, Saad al-Izzi and K.I. Ibrahim in Baghdad contributed to this report.
© 2008 The Washington Post Company

Vigorous Defense of Human Rights Is Urged by Pope in U.N. Address

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/19/us/nationalspecial2/19pope.html
April 19, 2008
Vigorous Defense of Human Rights Is Urged by Pope in U.N. Address
By IAN FISHER and WARREN HOGE [UN] [the Pope’s visit to Washington and New York] [jingoists, say Lou Dobbs, have been fuming over his remarks as they have slipped over imagined lines of U.S. sovereignty] [when PM Brown of UK does same, I have rarely heard Dobbs and fellow travelers exercised] [after days in Washington during which time he brought up charity and immigration] [now his UN speech] [one more mass left and he’s gone] [followup] [********]
Pope Benedict XVI arrived in New York on Friday, turning his attention beyond the challenges faced by the Roman Catholic Church: He addressed the United Nations, stressing the importance of human rights; [****] offered Passover greetings at an Upper East Side synagogue; and met with other Christian leaders.

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/19/us/nationalspecial2/19pope.html
April 19, 2008
Vigorous Defense of Human Rights Is Urged by Pope in U.N. Address
By IAN FISHER and WARREN HOGE [UN] [the Pope’s visit to Washington and New York] [jingoists, say Lou Dobbs, have been fuming over his remarks as they have slipped over imagined lines of U.S. sovereignty] [when PM Brown of UK does same, I have rarely heard Dobbs and fellow travelers exercised] [after days in Washington during which time he brought up charity and immigration] [now his UN speech] [one more mass left and he’s gone] [followup] [********]
Pope Benedict XVI arrived in New York on Friday, turning his attention beyond the challenges faced by the Roman Catholic Church: He addressed the United Nations, stressing the importance of human rights; [****] offered Passover greetings at an Upper East Side synagogue; and met with other Christian leaders.
Touring a city defined by its diversity, the pope shook hands with its former mayor, Edward I. Koch, and rubbed the fuzz on several babies’ heads.
Benedict, a man who has shunned the spotlight for most of his life, was greeted like a rock star.
The pope flew to New York on the Alitalia papal plane, called “Shepherd One,” from Washington, where he had largely devoted his efforts to addressing the issue of sexual abuse by priests. On Thursday afternoon, he held a surprise meeting there with five victims from Boston, the city where the scandal unfolded with particular anger and division.
But for the first day since he arrived in America, the pope did not address the scandal on Friday.
After being greeted at Kennedy Airport by Cardinal Edward C. Egan, head of the New York archdiocese, Benedict flew by helicopter directly to the United Nations.
The 81-year-old pope, who was a young German prisoner in the war that forged the United Nations, insisted that human rights — more than force or pragmatic politics — must be the basis for ending war and poverty.
“The promotion of human rights remains the most effective strategy for eliminating inequalities between countries and social groups, and for increasing security,” Benedict told the United Nations General Assembly. [********]
“Indeed, the victims of hardship and despair, whose human dignity is violated with impunity, become easy prey to the call to violence, and they can then become violators of peace,” [****]he said.
He made no explicit reference to a nation or conflict in particular, and he laid no specific blame in the half-hour speech, which was densely packed with philosophy and theology. But he did mention briefly some specific priorities for the Vatican, like protecting the environment, and making sure that poor nations, especially in Africa, also reap the benefits of globalization. [********]
And in a passage that will have particular resonance for the current United Nations leadership, which is trying to establish the right of the outside world to intervene in situations where nations fail to shield their own citizens from atrocities, the pope said that “every state has the primary duty to protect its own population from grave and sustained violations of human rights.” [***********]
The concept, known as “responsibility to protect,” is one that Ban Ki-moon, the secretary general, has backed as a way for international institutions to take action in regions like Darfur.
“If states are unable to guarantee such protection,” the pope said, “the international community must intervene with the juridical means provided in the United Nations charter and in other international instruments.” In an apparent allusion to countries that claim such international actions constitute intervention in their national affairs, he said they “should never be interpreted as an unwarranted imposition or a limitation of sovereignty.”
He added, “On the contrary, it is indifference or failure to intervene that do the real damage.”
In his speech, Benedict touched on themes important both to his three-year-old papacy and his decades of writing as a cardinal and one of the church’s leading intellectuals.
At base, the pope presented the idea that there are universal values that transcend the diversity — cultural, ethnic or ideological — embodied in an institution like the United Nations, founded to help prevent the ruin of another world war. Those values are at the base of human rights, he said, as they are for religion. Thus religion, he said, cannot be shut out of a body like the United Nations, which he said aims at “a social order respectful of the dignity and rights of the person.”
“A vision of life firmly anchored in the religious dimension can help achieve this,” he said. “Recognition of the transcendent value of every man and woman favors conversion of heart, which then leads to a commitment to resist violence, terrorism, war and to promote justice and peace.
Benedict was introduced to the thronged General Assembly hall by Mr. Ban, who called the United Nations a secular institution but is “home to all men and women of faith around the world.”
The speech to the General Assembly is a papal tradition: Pope Paul VI made an appearance in 1965, and Pope John Paul II in 1979 and 1995.
On Friday afternoon, Benedict met with local Jewish clergy at the Park East Synagogue, an Orthodox congregation on the Upper East Side founded in 1890. It was the first papal visit to a synagogue in this country; only two other visits have ever been recorded, both in Europe.
Rabbi Arthur Schneier, a Holocaust survivor who has led the synagogue since 1962, greeted Benedict and told him that his visit was “a reaffirmation of your outreach, good will, and commitment to enhancing Jewish-Catholic relations.” He presented Benedict with a silver Seder plate and a box of matzo, just in time for Passover, which begins on Saturday evening.
“The Jewish community make a valuable contribution to the life of the city,” the pope told the Jewish leaders, “and I encourage all of you to continue building bridges of friendship with all the many different ethnic and religious groups present in your neighborhood.”
The pope then posed for photographs with several prominent Jewish New Yorkers, including Mr. Koch, the former mayor. Later in the evening, the pope met with the ministers of various denominations, including the Rev. Bernice King, daughter of the Rev. Dr. Martin Luther King Jr.
Ms. King declined to say what they discussed, saying only, “He blessed me.”
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

Zimbabwe Arms Shipped by China Spark an Uproar

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/19/world/africa/19zimbabwe.html
April 19, 2008
Zimbabwe Arms Shipped by China Spark an Uproar
By CELIA W. DUGGER [Zimbabwe] [south-central Africa, east coast] [former Rhodesia] [white rule and apartheid during colonial days] [since 1970s or so, momentum for majority rule, not unlike neighboring South Africa] [in Zimbabwe’s case, majority rule has meant persecution of white farmers, then persecution of anyone who dares to challenge Mugabe’s authoritarian rule] [over time, Mugabe has become incredibly corrupt, maniacle, insular, perhaps demented] [now virtually all have lost patinence] [ugly time may be soon] [********]
JOHANNESBURG — A Chinese ship loaded with armaments for Zimbabwe steamed into the port of Durban this week and set off a political firefight, putting newfound pressure on South Africa — and now China — to reduce support for Zimbabwe’s government as it cracks down on its rivals after a disputed election.

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/19/world/africa/19zimbabwe.html
April 19, 2008
Zimbabwe Arms Shipped by China Spark an Uproar
By CELIA W. DUGGER [Zimbabwe] [south-central Africa, east coast] [former Rhodesia] [white rule and apartheid during colonial days] [since 1970s or so, momentum for majority rule, not unlike neighboring South Africa] [in Zimbabwe’s case, majority rule has meant persecution of white farmers, then persecution of anyone who dares to challenge Mugabe’s authoritarian rule] [over time, Mugabe has become incredibly corrupt, maniacle, insular, perhaps demented] [now virtually all have lost patinence] [ugly time may be soon] [********]
JOHANNESBURG — A Chinese ship loaded with armaments for Zimbabwe steamed into the port of Durban this week and set off a political firefight, putting newfound pressure on South Africa — and now China — to reduce support for Zimbabwe’s government as it cracks down on its rivals after a disputed election.
Dock workers at the port, backed by South Africa’s powerful unions, refused to unload the ammunition and weapons on Friday, vowing protests and threatening violence if the government tried to do it without them.
Meanwhile, the Anglican archbishop of the province appealed to South Africa’s High Court to bar transporting the arms across South Africa, arguing that they were likely to be used to repress Zimbabweans. The court agreed, and by late Friday the ship had pulled up anchor and set sail.
The arms shipment was ordered from China before the elections, but its arrival amid Zimbabwe’s political crisis illuminated deep fissures within South Africa over how to respond, and brought new scrutiny on China at a time when its human rights record is already under fire for suppressing protesters in Tibet and supplying arms to the government of Sudan.
Three weeks after Zimbabwe’s presidential election, officials there have yet to announce the outcome. Independent monitors believe the governing party trailed behind its main rival, the Movement for Democratic Change, but the government has responded by systematically beating, arresting and harassing its opponents, human rights groups say.
The Chinese ship, packed with ammunition, rockets and mortar bombs, quickly became a symbol of clashing approaches to the Zimbabwean dilemma: Should South Africa confront Zimbabwe’s autocratic president, Robert Mugabe, in power for 28 years, or continue to pursue the policy of quiet diplomacy that has drawn international criticism?
For China, long an ally of Mr. Mugabe’s, the opening of a new front of controversy is equally thorny. Despite its sensitivity to criticism as it prepares to hold the Olympic Games this summer, it is wooing African nations in hopes of building its diplomatic clout and securing access to minerals and other resources.
For the union, though, the matter seemed clear. Randall Howard, general secretary of the South African Transport and Allied Workers Union, said the dock workers had no intention of allowing the cargo to be unloaded. “If they bring in replacement labor to do the work, our members will not stand and look at them and smile,” he said.
But the government, led by the African National Congress, a party that counts the trade unions among its most important partners, took a far more conciliatory approach, giving Zimbabwe’s military a helping hand at the border.
In fact, the South African government on Friday was actively helping Zimbabwe to clear the shipment through customs. South Africa’s defense secretary, January Masilela, said in an interview on Friday that the National Conventional Arms Control Committee’s scrutiny committee, of which he is the chairman, had issued a permit to move the goods from Durban to Harare.
With a go-ahead from superiors, Armscor, South Africa’s arms procurement agency, was busy lining up the needed documentation. “We are sorting out the paperwork necessary to get the consignment cleared by customs, like a normal shipping clearance agent,” said Armscor’s spokesman, Bertus Celliers.
Themba Maseko, a spokesman for the South African government, explained in regretful tones the government’s rationale: No international body has yet imposed an arms embargo on Zimbabwe. And so South Africa has little choice, as the trading hub, but to allow a deal between two other countries, even if it is unhappy with a particular transaction.
“So it would be difficult for South Africa to prevent the delivery of any kind of goods, including weaponry,” he said. “It is our hope that these arms were not ordered because of the current impasse and that the guns will not be used to resolve the political problems in Zimbabwe.”
China took a somewhat similar stance, describing the shipment as standard business with Zimbabwe. “China has always had a prudent and responsible attitude toward arm sales,” its Foreign Ministry told Reuters. “One of the most important principles is not to interfere in the internal affairs of other countries.”
But as the clashing views over the arms shipment show, the political conflict in Zimbabwe has spilled well over its border with South Africa to become a highly charged moral and political issue.
The South African government’s handling of the arms shipment has intensified questions about whether President Thabo Mbeki, the region’s official mediator in the Zimbabwean crisis, has the credibility to negotiate a way out of a deepening stalemate.
Morgan Tsvangirai, the presidential candidate of the opposition Movement for Democratic Change, said Thursday that Mr. Mbeki should be replaced. Mr. Mbeki stirred outrage and ridicule in South Africa when he said last Saturday, just before an emergency meeting of regional leaders on Zimbabwe, that there was no crisis there — a remark he offered while he affectionately held hands with the 84-year-old Mr. Mugabe in Harare.
Mr. Tsvangirai’s prospects dimmed further on Friday when the opposition’s court case to bar a recount of crucial parliamentary seats failed. That set up the possibility that the only victory the opposition had been able to secure in the elections — winning control of Parliament’s lower house — would now be overturned in a recount.
The brouhaha over the arms shipment started with a phone call on Monday from what Martin Welz, editor of Noseweek, a monthly, Cape Town-based investigative magazine, described as “a whistle blower of conscience.”
The caller provided Noseweek with what Mr. Welz identified as the commercial invoice, bill of lading and packing list for the shipment. The documents show that Poly Technologies Inc., a Chinese, state-owned arms company, was shipping ammunition, as well as rockets, mortar bombs and mortar tubes, to Zimbabwe’s Ministry of Defense.
The shipment weighed 77 tons and was valued at $1.245 million. The invoice was dated Jan. 21, and the goods apparently left the China on March 15.
On that same date, South African officials say they received written notification from the shipping company that the ship, called An Yue Jiang, was coming from China to Durban carrying restricted goods.
In recent days, the clamor about the arms shipment has grown ever louder.
On Friday afternoon, Rubin Phillip, the Anglican archbishop of KwaZulu-Natal, and Gerald Patrick Kearney, who formerly headed a public interest foundation, assisted by the Southern African Litigation Center, urgently appealed to South Africa’s High Court to temporarily prohibit transporting the arms across South Africa.
“For the South African government to actively facilitate the transfer of arms in these circumstances is a violation of its constitutional obligations and an abdication of its regionally mandated role to bring about a peaceful resolution of the crisis,” said Nicole Fritz, who heads the litigation center.
Mr. Phillip, Mr. Kearney and the lawyers argued that South Africa’s 2002 law on conventional arms included guidelines that directed the government to consider, in deciding whether to give permits for the transport of weapons, whether the government receiving the arms was committing human rights violations.
Late Friday afternoon, a judge in Durban granted their request. But on Friday evening, when the authorities drove out to the Chinese ship, An Yeu Jiang, to serve the court order, it pulled up anchor and moved off, according to a South African government official and Ms. Fritz.
According to Ms. Fritz, the last radio transmission the authorities heard from the ship was this: “Next port, Maputo,” referring to the capital of Mozambique.
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

Israel Would Trade 400 For Soldier, Egypt Says

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/18/AR2008041803195.html
Israel Would Trade 400 For Soldier, Egypt Says
By Glenn Kessler
Washington Post Staff Writer
Saturday, April 19, 2008; A09 [Israeli-Palestinian conflict] [following the Annapolis conference and the agreement to seek agreement by end of 2008] [more tit-for-tat violence] [now dispossessed and angry Gazans, not Hamas per se, exercised over Israel again instead of Hamas] [escalation!] [followup] [here, precisely the sort of things the Israelis regularly negotiate to the surprise of Americans—but the Israelis are infinitely more practical on such matters] [***]
Israel would exchange as many as 400 Palestinian prisoners to secure the release of an Israeli soldier who has been held by Palestinian militants for nearly two years under a deal being negotiated with the assistance of Egyptian [***] mediators, Egyptian Foreign Minister Ahmed Aboul Gheit said yesterday. [does that mean they would release X number of Hezbollah for Y?] [perhaps but with Hezbollah release they understand they are probably fielding insurgents in the next round against them] [****]

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/18/AR2008041803195.html
Israel Would Trade 400 For Soldier, Egypt Says
By Glenn Kessler
Washington Post Staff Writer
Saturday, April 19, 2008; A09 [Israeli-Palestinian conflict] [following the Annapolis conference and the agreement to seek agreement by end of 2008] [more tit-for-tat violence] [now dispossessed and angry Gazans, not Hamas per se, exercised over Israel again instead of Hamas] [escalation!] [followup] [here, precisely the sort of things the Israelis regularly negotiate to the surprise of Americans—but the Israelis are infinitely more practical on such matters] [***]
Israel would exchange as many as 400 Palestinian prisoners to secure the release of an Israeli soldier who has been held by Palestinian militants for nearly two years under a deal being negotiated with the assistance of Egyptian [***] mediators, Egyptian Foreign Minister Ahmed Aboul Gheit said yesterday. [does that mean they would release X number of Hezbollah for Y?] [perhaps but with Hezbollah release they understand they are probably fielding insurgents in the next round against them] [****]
While the broad outlines of a possible agreement have been previously reported by anonymous sources, Aboul Gheit is the first senior official to publicly acknowledge that Israel is indirectly negotiating with Hamas, the armed Islamist group that controls the Gaza Strip.
The art of Middle East diplomacy is normally to keep silent -- or off the record -- about uncomfortable truths. [***]But speaking to the Council on Foreign Relations in Washington, Aboul Gheit provided an unusually detailed account of the deal that is slowly taking shape.
Aboul Gheit asserted that "we're making good progress," though some sources say the talks have bogged down. Israel is trying to reduce the size of the prisoner release, and Hamas is pressing for a cease-fire that would include Gaza and the West Bank.
Aboul Gheit made his remarks on the same day that former president Jimmy Carter met in Damascus, Syria, with the exiled leader of Hamas, which won the Palestinian legislative election in 2006 and calls for the elimination of Israel. Carter was condemned in Israel for the meeting.
The Israeli Embassy declined to comment on Aboul Gheit's remarks, citing a policy of not commenting on negotiations involving captive soldiers. Israel has called for the unconditional release of Cpl. Gilad Shalit, who was abducted on June 25, 2006.
In his remarks, Aboul Gheit said there are three basic elements to the negotiation -- an unofficial cease-fire, the exchange of prisoners and an opening of Gaza's long-closed border crossings.
He said it would be more advantageous for peace talks if a unity government could be restored between Hamas and its rival, Fatah, which controls the Palestinian Authority. The unity government collapsed nearly a year ago after Hamas seized Gaza, and Aboul Gheit said Egypt saw little prospect of a reconciliation "for the time being."
As a result, he said, the first step is to establish "a period of quiet" between Israel and Hamas, which, he said, "sets well with Israelis" because they do not want "a signed written agreement with Hamas." [establish a ceasefire that will last for months] [****]
Under this arrangement, Hamas and other militant groups would stop firing missiles into Israel and Israelis would be bound not to target Palestinian activists inside Gaza or fire on Gaza. "There will not be targeted killings or assassinations or what have you," he said.
That would be followed by would be an exchange of prisoners. Shalit is still alive, Aboul Gheit said, and he would be handed over to Egypt, which in turn would deliver him back to Israel.
"At the same time, there will be a release of possibly a figure of around 400 Palestinians," Aboul Gheit said, noting that Israel holds as many as 12,000 Palestinians. "How are we to name them or to target them? The Palestinians will be giving lists. The Israelis will be taking out whoever is to be released. Or vice versa, the Israelis will put the names to the Palestinians."
Finally, he said, the long-closed crossings between Gaza and Israel would be opened, under arrangements involving the Palestinian Authority and both Egyptian and U.S. observers, he said.
"If the crossings are to be opened, then we would ensure that flow of goods, of people, of material, of everything, is allowed, and the Palestinians in Gaza will not feel deprived as they are right now," Aboul Gheit said.
"There will have to be a point where people will end that fight," Aboul Gheit added. "I often look to both an Israeli soldier holding the neck of a Palestinian youth. They look alike. They are almost the same in features and in everything. They are cousins."
© 2008 The Washington Post Company

Son of Top Dutch General Is Killed in Afghanistan

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/19/world/asia/19afghanistan.html
April 19, 2008
Son of Top Dutch General Is Killed in Afghanistan
By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS [Afghanistan] [hydra] [Pakistan became the clear staging area for operations into Afghanistan during 2007] [AfPak] [tactics previously unseen in Afghanistan appeared as the insurgency ramped up] [the winter lull is upon the region?] [followup] [additional indications that spring offensive is on: Taliban getting bolder in their stronghold] [watch for public response in Netherlands and Canada] [****]
KABUL, Afghanistan (AP) — A roadside bomb attack on a patrol of Dutch soldiers on Friday killed the son of the Netherlands’ top military officer, a day after his father took command of his country’s armed forces, officials said.

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/19/world/asia/19afghanistan.html
April 19, 2008
Son of Top Dutch General Is Killed in Afghanistan
By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS [Afghanistan] [hydra] [Pakistan became the clear staging area for operations into Afghanistan during 2007] [AfPak] [tactics previously unseen in Afghanistan appeared as the insurgency ramped up] [the winter lull is upon the region?] [followup] [additional indications that spring offensive is on: Taliban getting bolder in their stronghold] [watch for public response in Netherlands and Canada] [****]
KABUL, Afghanistan (AP) — A roadside bomb attack on a patrol of Dutch soldiers on Friday killed the son of the Netherlands’ top military officer, a day after his father took command of his country’s armed forces, officials said.
Lt. Dennis van Uhm, 23, the son of Gen. Peter van Uhm, was one of two Dutch soldiers killed in the explosion seven miles northwest of Camp Holland, the Dutch military base in Oruzgan Province, a spokesman, Lt. Gen. Freek Meulman, said. Through a spokesman, the Taliban claimed responsibility for the attack.
Prime Minister Jan Peter Balkenende called Lieutenant van Uhm’s death “an unprecedented tragedy” and said the weekly Dutch cabinet meeting had been briefly halted so ministers could reflect privately.
There was no immediate comment from General van Uhm, who took up a new job as the overall commander of the Dutch military on Thursday in a ceremony outside Parliament in The Hague.
“This morning I asked General van Uhm, the military commander, to concentrate on his personal situation,” Defense Minister Eimert van Middelkoop said at a news conference. He said the contrast between Thursday’s ceremony and Friday’s loss “could not be starker.”
The Dutch are fighting alongside American, British and Canadian troops at the forefront of NATO’s battles with the Taliban and other insurgents in southern Afghanistan. Other NATO nations including Germany, Italy and Spain are based in the relatively safe north and west. [*********]
Friday’s bombing brings the death toll of Dutch soldiers to 16 since the Netherlands began contributing combat forces to NATO’s Afghanistan mission in August 2006. [****]The Dutch have 1,650 troops in southern Afghanistan.
“It is particularly bitter that after yesterday’s ceremonial changing of the military command we heard that this family, which yesterday was so happy, got such terrible news,” Mr. Balkenende said.
Two other soldiers were wounded in the attack on the soldiers’ vehicle, which was returning to base after a reconnaissance mission, the Dutch military said.
Qari Yousef Ahmadi, a spokesman for the Taliban, said the group took responsibility for the blast.
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

Afghan Commandos Emerge

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/18/AR2008041803423.html
Afghan Commandos Emerge
U.S.-Trained Force Plays Growing Role in Fighting Insurgents
By Ann Scott Tyson
Washington Post Staff Writer
Saturday, April 19, 2008; A01 [Afghanistan] [hydra] [Pakistan became the clear staging area for operations into Afghanistan during 2007] [AfPak] [tactics previously unseen in Afghanistan appeared as the insurgency ramped up] [the winter lull is upon the region?] [followup] [additional indications that spring offensive is on: Taliban getting bolder in their stronghold] [****]
KHOST PROVINCE, Afghanistan -- Night after night, commandos in U.S. Chinook helicopters descend into remote Afghan villages, wielding M-4 rifles as they swarm Taliban compounds. Such raids began in December in the Sabari District here, long considered too dangerous for U.S. patrols, and have already resulted in the death or capture of 30 insurgent leaders in eastern Afghanistan, [***] according to U.S. commanders.

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/18/AR2008041803423.html
Afghan Commandos Emerge
U.S.-Trained Force Plays Growing Role in Fighting Insurgents
By Ann Scott Tyson
Washington Post Staff Writer
Saturday, April 19, 2008; A01 [Afghanistan] [hydra] [Pakistan became the clear staging area for operations into Afghanistan during 2007] [AfPak] [tactics previously unseen in Afghanistan appeared as the insurgency ramped up] [the winter lull is upon the region?] [followup] [additional indications that spring offensive is on: Taliban getting bolder in their stronghold] [****]
KHOST PROVINCE, Afghanistan -- Night after night, commandos in U.S. Chinook helicopters descend into remote Afghan villages, wielding M-4 rifles as they swarm Taliban compounds. Such raids began in December in the Sabari District here, long considered too dangerous for U.S. patrols, and have already resulted in the death or capture of 30 insurgent leaders in eastern Afghanistan, [***] according to U.S. commanders.
"The Americans are doing this," the Taliban fighters concluded, according to U.S. intelligence.
But though the commandos carry the best U.S. rifles, wear night-vision goggles and ride in armored Humvees, they are not Americans but Afghans -- trained and advised by U.S. Special Forces teams that are seeking to create a sustainable combat force that will ultimately replace them in Afghanistan.
"This is our ticket out of here," a Special Forces company commander said last month at a U.S. base in Khost, where his teams eat, sleep, train and fight alongside the commandos. [thin reed for a ticket] [****]
The creation of a 4,000-strong Afghan commando force marks a major evolution for U.S. Special Forces in Afghanistan. After small teams of Green Berets spearheaded the overthrow of the Taliban regime in 2001, they took the lead in combat, with the disparate Afghan militia forces they trained and paid playing a supporting role. Today, by contrast, the Special Forces advisers are putting the Afghan commandos in the lead -- coaching a self-reliant force that U.S. commanders say has emerged as a key tool against insurgents.
Three of six planned Afghan army commando battalions -- with 640 commandos each -- have begun operations over the past five months. U.S. commanders say hurdles remain, from basic logistical issues such as teaching the commandos to conserve water to the larger challenge of ensuring that they are well integrated into the regular Afghan army. Still, the program is a bright spot in the broader effort to train Afghan security forces, a crucial aspect of the NATO and U.S.-led strategy to stabilize Afghanistan -- one that is slowed by a shortage of thousands of trainers and recruits as well as equipment problems.
The new approach also offers the prospect of relief for the Special Forces, strained by years of deployments in Afghanistan, commanders say. At any one time, more than 2,000 Special Forces soldiers and support personnel are on the ground, many operating in 12-man teams partnered with Afghan forces in the country's most troubled districts.
In violent parts of Khost and elsewhere, the commandos play a narrow but critical role: They capture or kill insurgent leaders, financiers and bombmakers as the first phase of the strategy to clear areas of enemy cells, hold the territory and build security and governance. The need for an Afghan force skilled in attacking insurgent networks is particularly pressing, as roadside bombs and suicide attacks have increased since 2006.
In a training camp surrounded by mountains in Khost, Lt. Mohamed Reza, 29, of the 203rd commando battalion counts down for a mock helicopter landing. "One minute . . . 30 seconds . . . touchdown!" His platoon rushes forward, one soldier kicking open the door of a compound before the rest run inside, pivoting into each room. A commando grabs a U.S. trainer impersonating an insurgent, puts him in a painful finger lock and forces him out the door.
"Alaklat!" they yell. All clear!
Looking on, a Special Forces adviser makes sure that the commandos do not miss any rooms and that they deal readily with whatever challenges he throws in their path, such as stray goats or disguised fighters. These rehearsals -- starting with simple drills tracing tape on the ground and rising in complexity to assaults on multistory buildings -- exemplify the exhaustive training they receive.
Commandos compete for selection and go through 12 weeks of initial training at Camp Morehead, south of Kabul, before being assigned to a battalion attached to one of five regional Afghan National Army corps. They then begin a rotation with Special Forces advisers that includes six weeks each of training, missions and recovery.
"Our guys live with them and train with them every day, share all the hardships and are with them shoulder to shoulder on the objective," said Lt. Col. Lynn Ashley, commander of the 3rd Battalion, 3rd Special Forces Group, which is mentoring the new force. "They really become brothers in arms." [classic counter insurgency tactics successful late in Viet Nam war, 1969-1971] [*********]
Such a regimen hones the skills of commandos far beyond those of their Afghan army peers, U.S. combat advisers say. In marksmanship, for example, commandos fire more than 6,000 rounds of ammunition in their initial training alone, while the average Afghan soldier fires 60 rounds in training each year. "I've jumped into stacks and gone into a building shooting live rounds with commandos," a U.S. Special Forces communications sergeant said.
The commandos' high-quality gear and training is an advantage that few regular Afghan security forces have. The U.S.-led training effort in Afghanistan lacks about 3,500 trainers -- or more than 40 percent of its required manpower -- a shortfall that will be only partly made up by the 1,000 Marines arriving this month. Afghan police units suffer most from the shortage, with trainers present in only about 30 percent of Afghanistan's nearly 400 districts.
Special Forces advisers show the commandos videos of their missions, to build pride. "We are the best unit in Afghanistan right now," said Sgt. 1st Class Mohaber Rahman, 22, the platoon sergeant.
"We do everything quickly and accurately," added Pvt. Said Askar, 25, a medic and kung fu instructor.
The commandos also receive $50 in extra pay each month -- raising the total pay of a junior sergeant, for example, to $200 -- as well as better equipment than their regular army counterparts and a double ration of food. "Nobody wants to quit this unit," Reza said over a meal of flat bread, stewed meat and rice with raisins.
In many commando raids, the sudden arrival of an overwhelming force causes insurgents to surrender without a fight, U.S. advisers said. In December, about 200 commandos in Khost and dozens of Green Berets surrounded five targets in one night, detaining five insurgent leaders and 18 suspects involved with bombmaking cells -- all without firing a shot. [******]And on Feb. 9, commandos captured Nasimulla, the leader of a Taliban bomb cell based in Sabari responsible for attacks on U.S. and Afghan forces.
"These are targets we would hit ourselves if they weren't here," said a Special Forces captain who, like other Special Forces soldiers, spoke on the condition of anonymity for security reasons. "They are going after the highest-level guys we can pull out of the area."
The Afghans are arguably better suited for the raids because they know the language and culture and can gather intelligence more easily and avoid friction with civilians, [***] according to the advisers. In one instance recently, a commando found an insurgent hiding in a sheepfold after U.S. troops passed by, the company commander said. And when a suicide truck bomb struck the Sabari District center March 3, killing two U.S. soldiers, the Americans asked the commandos to help secure the area. "That was the first time I ever heard U.S. forces request Afghan assistance," said the company sergeant major. "There were Americans buried underneath the rubble."
But the commandos still have much to learn -- sometimes frustrating their U.S. advisers. "We yell at them for . . . drinking too much [water], constantly eating, using their under-gun lights to walk to the bathroom," one U.S. adviser said, adding that the Afghans lacked effective methods for distributing and conserving resources. "They'll have 20 bottles of water, five guys and four days to go -- they'll just drink it and look at you and say, 'I need more water,' " the sergeant major said. The logistics problems, he said, are "across the board." [******************]
The commandos rely on U.S. forces to provide helicopters for transport, attack and medical evacuation, as well as satellite communications, intelligence and a range of other support.
A larger issue for U.S. advisers is how to integrate the commandos into the Afghan National Army. "My biggest concern is right now I need to get the rest of the ANA to really understand Afghan commando operations," which differ from conventional maneuvers, the company commander said. "We are trained to do so much more than to air assault into really treacherous areas and be an anvil for the hammer of the regular heavier forces to smash."
Ultimately, the goal is for Afghan commandos to rotate into regular infantry units to spread their skills, "like U.S. Army Rangers," Ashley said. Added Maj. Gen. David Rodriguez, who until this month was the top U.S. commander for eastern Afghanistan, "They're professional, they're well led, they're well disciplined. And they're really setting the standards for the rest of the Afghan National Army."
For the Green Berets, many of whom have had several tours in Afghanistan, the commandos offer hope of an eventual respite. "We're not saying we're anywhere close to getting out of here," said the company commander, who has had five tours, while spending just five months with his 2-year-old daughter. Even as the Afghans step forward, he said, "it's going to take a long time." [***************]
© 2008 The Washington Post Company

Bomb Kills U.S. Soldier in Baghdad

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/19/world/middleeast/19baghdad.html
April 19, 2008
Bomb Kills U.S. Soldier in Baghdad
By ALISSA J. RUBIN and STEPHEN FARRELL [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [bush administration’s “surge option” or “new way forward” underway] [some positive indicators of improvement] [nevertheless, violence while surge unfolds] [pentagon’s recent status report—pretty awful but also predictable] [followup] [“surge” continues amid mixed indicators] [a recent pickup in suicide bombers and other violence] [post 5-year anniversary of invasion] [post April Patraeus-Crocker report] [alas, -iraq conrtinues to keep US flatfooted on global jihjadis] [*****]
BAGHDAD — An American soldier was killed Thursday afternoon when his vehicle struck a roadside bomb while he was on a combat patrol north of Baghdad, [***] according to a statement released Friday by the military. [since late 3900s, a clear uptick in KIA US troops!] [*******]

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/19/world/middleeast/19baghdad.html
April 19, 2008
Bomb Kills U.S. Soldier in Baghdad
By ALISSA J. RUBIN and STEPHEN FARRELL [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [bush administration’s “surge option” or “new way forward” underway] [some positive indicators of improvement] [nevertheless, violence while surge unfolds] [pentagon’s recent status report—pretty awful but also predictable] [followup] [“surge” continues amid mixed indicators] [a recent pickup in suicide bombers and other violence] [post 5-year anniversary of invasion] [post April Patraeus-Crocker report] [alas, -iraq conrtinues to keep US flatfooted on global jihjadis] [*****]
BAGHDAD — An American soldier was killed Thursday afternoon when his vehicle struck a roadside bomb while he was on a combat patrol north of Baghdad, [***] according to a statement released Friday by the military. [since late 3900s, a clear uptick in KIA US troops!] [*******]
Also on Friday, Maj. Gen. Douglas M. Stone, who oversees the detention system in Iraq, said that the American military was planning to release as many as 50 detainees daily in the coming months in an effort to reduce the detainee population to about one-third its current number of 24,000.
However, with significant offensive operations now under way in several areas of Iraq, including Basra, Mosul and the Sadr City neighborhood in Baghdad, more people are flowing into the system, making it unclear how much the overall population can be reduced.
The American military warned Friday that intelligence reports indicated that “numerous” members of Al Qaeda in Mesopotamia, the homegrown Sunni insurgent group that American intelligence says has foreign leadership, “have entered the Baghdad area with the purpose of carrying out vehicle-borne improvised explosive devices, or suicide-vest attacks.” [***********]
Ayman al-Zawahri, the fugitive deputy leader of Al Qaeda, released an audio message in which he mocked President Bush’s decision to delay the withdrawal of troops and said that the American record in Iraq after five years was failure and defeat, [****]according to Agence France-Presse. [Dr. Ayman al Zawahiri audio tape] [*******]
The 16-minute message was posted on Islamist Web sites, according to the agency.
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

Sadr City Fighters Lay Defenses Amid Latest Official Efforts at Calm

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/19/world/middleeast/19iraq.html
April 19, 2008
Sadr City Fighters Lay Defenses Amid Latest Official Efforts at Calm
By ALISSA J. RUBIN and STEPHEN FARRELL [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [bush administration’s “surge option” or “new way forward” underway] [some positive indicators of improvement] [nevertheless, violence while surge unfolds] [pentagon’s recent status report—pretty awful but also predictable] [followup] [“surge” continues amid mixed indicators] [a recent pickup in suicide bombers and other violence] [post 5-year anniversary of invasion] [post April Patraeus-Crocker report] [alas, -iraq conrtinues to keep US flatfooted on global jihadis] [*****]
BAGHDAD — As the cleric Moktada al-Sadr’s Mahdi Army fighters squatted in the Sadr City district’s main highways on Friday, planting homemade bombs less than a mile from Iraqi and American troops, his political bloc offered on Friday to negotiate with the Iraqi government to end fighting in the area.

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/19/world/middleeast/19iraq.html
April 19, 2008
Sadr City Fighters Lay Defenses Amid Latest Official Efforts at Calm
By ALISSA J. RUBIN and STEPHEN FARRELL [-ir] [hydra] [insurgency] [bush administration’s “surge option” or “new way forward” underway] [some positive indicators of improvement] [nevertheless, violence while surge unfolds] [pentagon’s recent status report—pretty awful but also predictable] [followup] [“surge” continues amid mixed indicators] [a recent pickup in suicide bombers and other violence] [post 5-year anniversary of invasion] [post April Patraeus-Crocker report] [alas, -iraq conrtinues to keep US flatfooted on global jihadis] [*****]
BAGHDAD — As the cleric Moktada al-Sadr’s Mahdi Army fighters squatted in the Sadr City district’s main highways on Friday, planting homemade bombs less than a mile from Iraqi and American troops, his political bloc offered on Friday to negotiate with the Iraqi government to end fighting in the area.
Posing as municipal workers in fluorescent orange and yellow vests, three militia members — one masked with a checkered head scarf — dug holes in one main thoroughfare while wary drivers skirted around them and loose wires trailed across the street every few yards.[***] Nearby, some of the heaviest fighting in weeks broke out late Friday night.
The mixed messages, at once conciliatory and threatening, are a hallmark of the Sadr movement, which appears to be gearing up to confront the government both with bullets and at the ballot box in provincial elections this fall. [what one might call a comprehensive strategy] [*******]
As thousands of Shiites gathered for Friday Prayer, United States and Iraqi troops continued to ring Sadr City, the east Baghdad neighborhood that is Mr. Sadr’s Baghdad redoubt.
In recent days, United States forces have built high concrete blast walls to cordon off Sadr City’s government-controlled southern section from the rest of the sprawling district, which remains firmly under the control of the Mahdi Army militia. [***]Within that Mahdi-controlled area, Falah Shanshal, a Sadrist member of Parliament, said Friday that the American and Iraqi government offensive in Sadr City was a “political war against the Sadrists.”
Prime Minister Nuri Kamal al-Maliki insists that the offensive is aimed at criminals and illegal militias, not at the Sadrists in particular. But Mr. Shanshal said Mr. Maliki was using the accusation of criminal activity in Sadr City as a pretext for “mass punishment” intended to discourage Mr. Sadr’s supporters from participating in the provincial elections.
One of the policies Mr. Shanshal singled out for criticism was the decision of the American military and the Iraqi government to introduce to Baghdad’s most populous district the blast walls, which have been used to seal off and divide other neighborhoods.
The walls are intended to stop Mahdi fighters from infiltrating areas from which mortars and rockets have been fired at the high-security Green Zone, [I suspect not] [***] which lies four miles to the west.
During a tour of several streets in the Mahdi-controlled area on Friday, it was clear that concrete blast walls erected elsewhere in Sadr City had been moved or knocked down. Some were covered with anti-American slogans.
“They are just building the walls to cut the city into pieces that are isolated from each other,” Mr. Shanshal said. “It has always been a united area.”
Sadr City is a huge neighborhood, measuring about two miles by three miles, in Baghdad’s poorest quarter. Overwhelmingly Shiite, it consists mainly of cheap, poor-quality houses, street markets, shops, mosques and government buildings, and it has filthy, slumlike outlying areas that appear to expand annually in a haphazard manner.
It is separated from the rest of the city by a canal, and Iraqi or American troops are now stationed in force at the crossing points. On some days they try, with varying degrees of success, to seal off the neighborhood. On others, including Friday, they allow vehicles to enter and leave on some roads.
Sadr City is now divided into three zones: [*] a small area under American and Iraqi government control; [**] a much larger one under the Mahdi Army militia, where many streets are calm and businesses and grassy recreation areas were open as usual; and [***] in between, a fluid no man’s land where much of the fighting is centered and civilians are afraid to venture. [how can that possibly be a useful situation for coalition troops?] [***]
On Friday, one such front-line area, the main Jamila market, was a charred, half-deserted stretch of shuttered stores, garbage and abandoned vegetable trolleys. The smell of burning was everywhere. Gangs of young men loitered near doorways.
Only 50 yards from a traffic circle controlled by the Mahdi militia, two American armored vehicles — one of them an MRAP, for Mine-Resistant Ambush-Protected — were visible; nervous Iraqi drivers edged between the sides.
The Mahdi Army militia, which has flaunted its weapons and two weeks ago could be seen sitting on street corners with rocket-propelled grenades and assault rifles, is now largely invisible, if only to avoid missiles from American helicopter gunships and other aircraft.
Pro-Sadr graffiti could be seen everywhere, even on the walls of the Rafidain police station, where officers sat passively in the guardroom.
Sadrists had banned Western journalists from Sadr City but lifted the prohibition on Friday; they insisted, however, on accompanying them some of the time.
The fighting late Friday was in the American-held area; Reuters reported that 132 people had been admitted to Sadr City hospitals Friday evening.
At the Sadr Hospital in the neighborhood, a number of the patients had been injured by the fighting. A doctor had also been killed on her way to work, said Sihan Zaidan, 35, the chief nurse in the children’s ward.
Sadrist members of Parliament said that 398 people had been killed in Sadr City and 1,331 wounded, and that 91 houses had been destroyed in the past three weeks.
There was no way to verify the numbers, but there have been daily clashes in the area, and in hospital interviews it was clear that many women and children had been wounded, usually as they stood in their doorways, walked to the corner to buy bread or took a breath of fresh air on the roof.
Often it was unclear who was responsible for the shootings. While those who are Sadr supporters blamed either the Iraqi government troops or the American military, many people interviewed in a local hospital said they did not know who had shot them.
Upstairs in the children’s ward, Ali Mortada, 3, lay silently on his bed, looking at his aunt, who sat beside him. A bullet tore through his abdomen on Thursday evening as he stood with his father and uncle at the front gate of their house.
“We heard the sound of shooting, but it did not seem so close so we thought it wasn’t very dangerous,” [****]said Khalid Zeda, 28, the uncle.
“We have gotten so accustomed to fighting that even when a mortar hits our neighbor’s house, we don’t notice,” Mr. Zeda said. “We are unemployed, so we cannot stand to be indoors all day — it is like a prison.”
To reach the hospital, Ali’s relatives had to pass through an American checkpoint. They feared they would be shot if they drove, said Mr. Zeda, who added, “We walked a long way, holding Ali in our arms and holding him up to show him to the American soldiers so that they would let us pass.”
Mr. Zeda said he did not know where the bullet had come from, but he said, “The Americans should leave, and of course the government is involved, too.”
Qais Mizher, Ali Hameed and an Iraqi employee of The New York Times contributed reporting.
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

Brown Urges Global Push to Solve Global Problems

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/19/world/europe/19brown.html
April 19, 2008
Brown Urges Global Push to Solve Global Problems
By KATIE ZEZIMA [U.K.] [London] [with Blair’s political atrophy, Brown signaling U.S. govt] [related to U.S. elections this fall] [poorly timed visit—Pope hysteria ongoing—for PM Gordon Brown to visit the US] [his poll numbers sliding as world economy trouble is felt in U.K.] [politically smart to meet with each of the 3 possible next presidents?] [who knows how long Brown will last at this point?] [see similar in yesterday’s govt] [********]
BOSTON — Europe and the United States must increase their efforts to solve global problems like terrorism, the environment, hunger and poverty, [***]Prime Minister Gordon Brown of Britain said Friday in a wide-ranging speech at the John F. Kennedy Presidential Library and Museum here. [I’ve heard Lou Dobbs piss and moan for two straight days about the Pope’s political interference on “immigration” and his UN speech] [seems Dobbs ought to be similarly distressed when PM Brown does same: Browm is plowing headfirst into U.S. politics] [*************]

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/19/world/europe/19brown.html
April 19, 2008
Brown Urges Global Push to Solve Global Problems
By KATIE ZEZIMA [U.K.] [London] [with Blair’s political atrophy, Brown signaling U.S. govt] [related to U.S. elections this fall] [poorly timed visit—Pope hysteria ongoing—for PM Gordon Brown to visit the US] [his poll numbers sliding as world economy trouble is felt in U.K.] [politically smart to meet with each of the 3 possible next presidents?] [who knows how long Brown will last at this point?] [see similar in yesterday’s govt] [********]
BOSTON — Europe and the United States must increase their efforts to solve global problems like terrorism, the environment, hunger and poverty, [***]Prime Minister Gordon Brown of Britain said Friday in a wide-ranging speech at the John F. Kennedy Presidential Library and Museum here. [I’ve heard Lou Dobbs piss and moan for two straight days about the Pope’s political interference on “immigration” and his UN speech] [seems Dobbs ought to be similarly distressed when PM Brown does same: Browm is plowing headfirst into U.S. politics] [*************]
“We urgently need to step out of the mind-set of competing interests and instead find our common interests [****]— and we must summon up the best instincts and efforts of humanity in a cooperative effort to build new international rules and institutions for the new global era,” Mr. Brown said. He was in Boston the day after visiting Washington to meet with President Bush and the three major candidates for the presidency.
Making numerous references to the post-World War II era and to Kennedy’s push for internationalism, Mr. Brown said that the world needed “a new deal” much like the Marshall Plan, and that countries like the United States and Britain must work to stabilize volatile nations and prevent crimes against humanity and terrorism. [*****]
He praised President Bush for “leading the world” in the fight against terrorism, and reaffirmed his support for a unified response that includes freezing assets, tightening international law and imposing travel bans, [****] which he said he and Mr. Bush discussed Thursday at the White House.
“He and I agree terrorism will ultimately be defeated only when it is isolated and abandoned,” [****] the prime minister said. More must be done, however, to intervene in countries shaken by conflict and to stamp out atrocities, [****]he said.
“Instability in one country will affect stability in all countries; an injustice anywhere is now a threat to justice everywhere,” Mr. Brown said. “And that is how we must respond: not walking away as we did in Rwanda at the cost of thousands of lives, but by engaging as hard-headed internationalists.” [complex interdependence] [*******]
Mr. Brown continued to call for reform of the United Nations, the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund, and urged a greater role for China, India, South Africa and other emerging countries in those organizations and in the Group of 8, which consists of leading industrialized countries. He also said that the European Union, the African Union and other groups of countries should help with humanitarian aid and peacekeeping in troubled nations.
“For the first time in human history, we have the opportunity to come together around a global covenant, to reframe the international architecture and build the truly global society,” [*****] he said.
That covenant must include investments in education, disease prevention and the elimination of food shortages, the prime minister said. He suggested a series of international conferences next year to discuss how to make his proposals a reality.
With a nod to Kennedy’s creation of the Peace Corps in the 1960s, Mr. Brown urged the creation of a global peace corps that would train its volunteers to help rebuild countries.
He continued to call for an international agreement to combat climate change, and urged the halving of carbon emissions by 2050.
“American leadership will be and is indispensable,” Mr. Brown said. “And now is an opportunity for an historic effort in cooperation: a new dawn in collaborative action between America and Europe.” [**********]
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

Carter Meets With Hamas Chief In Exile, Defying Israel and U.S.

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/18/AR2008041801256.html
Carter Meets With Hamas Chief In Exile, Defying Israel and U.S.
By Griff Witte
Washington Post Foreign Service
Saturday, April 19, 2008; A09 [former president carter] [bush white house] [followup] [as Carter has been too wont to do too frequently, he has inserted himself in a regional and larger global discussion over Israeli-Palestinian conflict] [while surely somewhat understandable] [propably not especially helpful] [in his effort to correct what he sees as America’s bias for Israel against Palestine, he’s almost certain to make it more complicated] [see yesterday’s govt] [my comments on Hamas and why I think Hamas must somehow be allowed to fail miserably in order to bring Hamas to Fatah’s level] [probably somehow pit Damascus-based and Gaza-based against one another to demonstrated either’s true nature] [just another corruptible group hungry for power and less concerned about Palestinian rights than Hamas’s power] [emblematic of most Arab regimes in region who love to have Palestine as an issue to hammer on Israel-US] [but quite prepared to do almost nothing to help Palestinians] [***********]
JERUSALEM, April 18 -- Former president Jimmy Carter followed through on a planned meeting with the exiled leader of Hamas on Friday, despite U.S. and Israeli protests that the session would give legitimacy to a group they consider a terrorist organization.

http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/04/18/AR2008041801256.html
Carter Meets With Hamas Chief In Exile, Defying Israel and U.S.
By Griff Witte
Washington Post Foreign Service
Saturday, April 19, 2008; A09 [former president carter] [bush white house] [followup] [as Carter has been too wont to do too frequently, he has inserted himself in a regional and larger global discussion over Israeli-Palestinian conflict] [while surely somewhat understandable] [propably not especially helpful] [in his effort to correct what he sees as America’s bias for Israel against Palestine, he’s almost certain to make it more complicated] [see yesterday’s govt] [my comments on Hamas and why I think Hamas must somehow be allowed to fail miserably in order to bring Hamas to Fatah’s level] [probably somehow pit Damascus-based and Gaza-based against one another to demonstrated either’s true nature] [just another corruptible group hungry for power and less concerned about Palestinian rights than Hamas’s power] [emblematic of most Arab regimes in region who love to have Palestine as an issue to hammer on Israel-US] [but quite prepared to do almost nothing to help Palestinians] [***********]
JERUSALEM, April 18 -- Former president Jimmy Carter followed through on a planned meeting with the exiled leader of Hamas on Friday, despite U.S. and Israeli protests that the session would give legitimacy to a group they consider a terrorist organization.
Khaled Meshal, who is accused of masterminding kidnappings and suicide bombings, met with Carter, a Nobel Peace laureate, in Damascus, Syria, where Meshal has lived for nearly a decade. [***]The meeting was one of the most notable exchanges to date between Hamas, which won Palestinian elections in 2006, and a prominent Western political figure.
Israel and the United States have consistently opposed any direct contact with Hamas, an armed Islamist movement that has vowed to destroy the Jewish state. But a spokesman for Israeli Deputy Prime Minister Eli Yishai said Friday that Yishai had asked Carter to arrange for him to meet with Hamas to discuss a possible prisoner exchange. Yishai, a member of the ultra-Orthodox Shas party, has said he believes it is his religious duty to try to win the release of Cpl. Gilad Shalit, an Israeli soldier who was kidnapped nearly two years ago and has been held in Gaza since.
Mark Regev, spokesman for Prime Minister Ehud Olmert, said Yishai was speaking for himself. "It is not the position of the prime minister," Regev said. "The government is against any dialogue with Hamas." [ironically, evidence is they have been considering two possibly approaches not yet tried: a) cut bilateral deal with Syria (strengthen al Assad with hopes of making him integral to Arab politicvs again), and b) talking to hamas] [**]
Despite that policy, Israel has been trading proposals with Hamas this spring for a possible cease-fire. Egypt has served as the intermediary, and the United States has encouraged the process behind the scenes. Those talks have snagged on the issue of whether the West Bank would also be included in the cease-fire, with Hamas arguing that it must be and Israel balking.
Hamas has controlled the Gaza Strip since it seized power there last June. The Palestinian Authority, led by the rival Fatah party, continues to hold sway in the West Bank.
Carter, 83, has said that Shalit was at the top of his agenda for his meeting with Meshal and that he also wanted to try to lower tensions in and around Gaza. Hamas regularly fires rockets from Gaza into southern Israel, while the Israeli military stages frequent incursions into Gaza. Violence flared in the strip Wednesday, when 21 Palestinians -- many of them civilians -- and three Israeli soldiers died.
The State Department had warned Carter not to meet with Hamas, saying it would be counterproductive. But Carter has said the group's involvement in the peace process is inevitable.
"You can't have an agreement that must involve certain parties unless you talk to those parties to conclude the agreement," he said in a speech at the American University in Cairo on Thursday. "You have to involve Hamas."
Carter was snubbed by virtually all of Israel's top leaders, Olmert included, when he visited this week. "Were Jimmy Carter to have met with me, and two days later with Khaled Meshal, it could have created a facade of negotiations between us and Hamas," Olmert said in an interview with Israel's Yedioth Ahronoth newspaper.
Hamas, by contrast, was eager to see Carter. The former president, who brokered peace between Israel and Egypt in 1979, met with the group's leaders three times this week. "This will be a chance to change the reputation of Hamas in the world, including in America," [yes, it complicates things before the principals have made their decisions on what to do with Hamas] [***] said Hamas spokesman Fawzi Barhoum.
Barhoum said Meshal would push Carter to help end the economic lockdown that Israel has maintained in Gaza since last June.
Carter also met with Syrian President Bashar al-Assad in Damascus on Friday. He is due to meet King Abdullah of Saudi Arabia and King Abdullah II of Jordan over the weekend before returning to Israel on Monday.
Carter's meeting with Meshal occurred on a day when Israel revealed plans to build 100 new homes in the West Bank. Israel has said it is allowed to expand existing West Bank settlements as long as it does not construct new ones. The Palestinians say expansion is a violation of the 2003 "road map" to peace, and the United States has described such construction as "unhelpful" to negotiations. But Friday's announcement of new construction in the West Bank settlements of Ariel and Elkana is just the latest in a string of such disclosures by Israel in recent months. Both settlements are deep inside the West Bank, territory the Palestinians claim for a future state.
Talks between Israel and the Palestinian Authority have bogged down since they were relaunched in Annapolis last November. Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas is visiting President Bush in Washington next week, and Bush is due in Israel next month for the Jewish state's 60th birthday celebrations.
© 2008 The Washington Post Company

Defying Israel, Carter Meets Hamas Leader

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/19/world/middleeast/19carter.html
April 19, 2008
Defying Israel, Carter Meets Hamas Leader
By ROBERT F. WORTH [former president carter] [bush white house] [followup] [as Carter has been too wont to do too frequently, he has inserted himself in a regional and larger global discussion over Israeli-Palestinian conflict] [while surely somewhat understandable] [propably not especially helpful] [in his effort to correct what he sees as America’s bias for Israel against Palestine, he’s almost certain to make it more complicated] [see yesterday’s govt] [my comments on Hamas and why I think Hamas must somehow be allowed to fail miserably in order to bring Hamas to Fatah’s level] [probably somehow pit Damascus-based and Gaza-based against one another to demonstrated either’s true nature] [just another corruptible group hungry for power and less concerned about Palestinian rights than Hamas’s power] [emblematic of most Arab regimes in region who love to have Palestine as an issue to hammer on Israel-US] [but quite prepared to do almost nothing to help Palestinians] [***********]
DOHA, Qatar — Defying opposition from the Bush administration and Israel, former President Jimmy Carter met for several hours Friday night in Syria with the exiled leader of Hamas, the militant Islamist group, to discuss efforts to resolve the Israeli-Palestinian conflict.

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/19/world/middleeast/19carter.html
April 19, 2008
Defying Israel, Carter Meets Hamas Leader
By ROBERT F. WORTH [former president carter] [bush white house] [followup] [as Carter has been too wont to do too frequently, he has inserted himself in a regional and larger global discussion over Israeli-Palestinian conflict] [while surely somewhat understandable] [propably not especially helpful] [in his effort to correct what he sees as America’s bias for Israel against Palestine, he’s almost certain to make it more complicated] [see yesterday’s govt] [my comments on Hamas and why I think Hamas must somehow be allowed to fail miserably in order to bring Hamas to Fatah’s level] [probably somehow pit Damascus-based and Gaza-based against one another to demonstrated either’s true nature] [just another corruptible group hungry for power and less concerned about Palestinian rights than Hamas’s power] [emblematic of most Arab regimes in region who love to have Palestine as an issue to hammer on Israel-US] [but quite prepared to do almost nothing to help Palestinians] [***********]
DOHA, Qatar — Defying opposition from the Bush administration and Israel, former President Jimmy Carter met for several hours Friday night in Syria with the exiled leader of Hamas, the militant Islamist group, to discuss efforts to resolve the Israeli-Palestinian conflict.
Mr. Carter also met earlier in the day with Bashar al-Assad, the Syrian president, as part of a Middle East peace tour that also includes visits to Israel, Egypt, Jordan and Saudi Arabia.
The meeting with the Hamas leader, Khaled Meshal, took place under tight security in Damascus, the Syrian capital, and was closed to reporters. But The Associated Press said it included talks about the fate of Cpl. Gilad Shalit, [****] an Israeli soldier captured by Palestinian militants in 2006.
State Department officials had advised Mr. Carter not to meet with leaders of Hamas, which is considered a terrorist organization by the United States, Israel and the European Union, responsible for kidnappings and for suicide bombings that have killed hundreds of Israelis. Several members of Congress made similar appeals.
Mr. Carter, who mediated the 1978 Israeli-Egyptian peace accord and won the 2002 Nobel Peace Prize, has defended the meeting, saying that Hamas — which controls the Gaza Strip — must be engaged if there is to be a peace deal.
Mr. Meshal’s deputy, Mousa Abu Marzook, also took part in the meeting with Mr. Carter. Both men were named “specially designated global terrorists” by the Treasury Department in 2003. Mr. Meshal has lived in Damascus since 1999.
The Israeli prime minister, Ehud Olmert, did not meet with Mr. Carter during his visit to Israel, [****]saying he did not want to give the impression he was indirectly negotiating with Hamas.
Mr. Carter also met with Hamas officials in Cairo on Thursday, where he asked them to halt rocket attacks against Israel, and criticized Israel for allowing only basic supplies into Gaza. [understandably trying to be even handed but results probably in more complicatioins] [******]
Israel also announced plans Friday to build 100 more homes in two West Bank settlements, [ugh] [***] The Associated Press said.
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

European Officials Agree on Framework for Outlawing Online Terror Recruiting

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/19/world/europe/19europe.html
April 19, 2008
European Officials Agree on Framework for Outlawing Online Terror Recruiting
By ELAINE SCIOLINO and STEPHEN CASTLE [France] [Paris] [EU] [EU meeting on common understanding of jihadis, non-state actors, Euro security, and so forth] [important framework] [c.f., last two days while PM Gordon Brown in the U.S. (poorly timed as Brown was upstaged by Pope numerous times) Brown acknowledged Bush for leading the world on global jihadis] [thwarting global jihad and reestablishment of Caliphate system with Sharia] [use hydra II] [use nsc] [use psci 350, 355, 455] [*****]
PARIS — European Union justice ministers agreed Friday to toughen laws across their 27-nation bloc to punish those who promote violence and recruit people for terrorist attacks. [legalistic by comparison with Bush reaction to 9/11] [however, important legalisms as the Bush administration has sought so hard to crush with cudgel of military that they sometimes forget power of law, consensus, reciprocity] [both needed] [one mustn’t be ignored at other’s expense] [e.g., bush administration’s string of failures prosecuting apparent jihadis in our midst] ][*********]

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/19/world/europe/19europe.html
April 19, 2008
European Officials Agree on Framework for Outlawing Online Terror Recruiting
By ELAINE SCIOLINO and STEPHEN CASTLE [France] [Paris] [EU] [EU meeting on common understanding of jihadis, non-state actors, Euro security, and so forth] [important framework] [c.f., last two days while PM Gordon Brown in the U.S. (poorly timed as Brown was upstaged by Pope numerous times) Brown acknowledged Bush for leading the world on global jihadis] [thwarting global jihad and reestablishment of Caliphate system with Sharia] [use hydra II] [use nsc] [use psci 350, 355, 455] [*****]
PARIS — European Union justice ministers agreed Friday to toughen laws across their 27-nation bloc to punish those who promote violence and recruit people for terrorist attacks. [legalistic by comparison with Bush reaction to 9/11] [however, important legalisms as the Bush administration has sought so hard to crush with cudgel of military that they sometimes forget power of law, consensus, reciprocity] [both needed] [one mustn’t be ignored at other’s expense] [e.g., bush administration’s string of failures prosecuting apparent jihadis in our midst] ][*********]
Reflecting mounting anxiety that the Internet has become a crucial tool for would-be terrorists, the agreement will make it a crime to disseminate terrorist propaganda through the Internet for recruiting, training and bomb-making purposes. [aimed directly at what some have called al Qaeda 2.0] [***********]
European Union officials described the agreement as a framework that member countries would have to incorporate into their own laws. [surely the devil will be in the details but a positive step nonetheless] [***]
Countries that already have strong antiterrorism laws, like Spain and Britain, which have suffered terrorist attacks and give sweeping powers to the police and investigators in terrorism cases, will not need to make significant changes. But countries with more lenient rules, like Sweden and Denmark, may need to adopt new, tougher legislation. [*****]
The new rules, aimed at codifying terrorist crimes among countries with very different histories and experiences with terrorism, underscore a growing consensus that in the campaign against terrorism, [****] the mere transmission of information and ideas could be considered a criminal act. [confirmation that others believe it may be a generation or more of existential battle] [******]
The agreement is intended to help the police find and arrest suspects in cross-border investigations, but also to prevent radicalization. [******]
“The Internet is used to inspire and mobilize local terrorist networks and individuals in Europe,” thus “functioning as a ‘virtual training camp,’ ” the ministers said in their agreement. In a separate move, the ministers agreed on a plan for tighter controls on the sale of explosives and other bomb-making materials. [******] [yet peroxide-based explosive don’t need much more than what’s available commonly]
In an interview in Brussels on Tuesday, Gilles de Kerchove, the European Union’s counterterrorism coordinator, acknowledged that the Internet was becoming an even more dangerous tool for radicalization, [*****]and that member states had to develop a revolutionary joint strategy to counter its message.
He said that preventing radicalization was one of the major challenges facing member states, [****]and one of the toughest subjects on which to forge agreement.
“It’s a real challenge because most of the policies are in the hands of the member states,” Mr. de Kerchove said.
While the European Union as a whole has improved cooperation among its members in investigations and border control, he called prevention of radicalization an area “where we may do better.”
The new initiative “important because the Internet plays a huge role — in incitement, in communication, in providing information on how to mount an attack,” [****] he said.
The agreement updates antiterrorism laws passed by the European Union after the attacks of Sept. 11, 2001. The laws were aimed at preventing potential terrorists from exploiting loopholes in various legal systems across the continent.
It could make it easier for authorities to shut down Web sites disseminating terrorist propaganda and bomb-making instructions, and to identify and pursue proselytizers and recruiters. It could also help courts and administrative authorities demand that Internet service providers remove information considered dangerous.
Friso Roscam Abbing, European Commission spokesman on justice and interior issues, said it was not known how many nations would have to change their laws. It was now up to member nations to analyze whether their legislation matches the goals laid down, he said.
Each member country will decide the severity of prison sentences.
The agreement is likely to face opposition in countries where the preservation of civil liberties and freedom of expression can outweigh security concerns.
The ministers defended their initiative as a balanced approach to a widening problem. [******]
“We have been able to strike a very sensitive balance between two important goals,”[**] said Lovro Sturm, justice minister of Slovenia, after the meeting on Friday. “We have to make sure that we respect the human rights and fundamental freedom of the citizens. On the other hand this enables us to lead a more effective fight against terrorism. This improves the capability of the E.U. to prevent terrorist offenses.” [*******]
In a separate initiative, the ministers agreed to create a European database to give member governments permanent access to information on incidents and attacks involving explosive devices. The database, which will be run by Europol, the European police agency, [****]will monitor the sale of bomb-making materials and include an early warning system on stolen explosives and other equipment.
Earlier this month, Europol said that the number of arrests connected to terrorism doubled in the European Union in 2007 compared with the year before. [***] Most of the attacks carried out within the bloc, it said, were linked to separatist movements, rather than militant Islam. [separatist movements too] [********]
Elaine Sciolino reported from Paris, and Stephen Castle from Brussels.
Copyright 2008 The New York Times Company

April 18, 2008

Nearly a Fifth of War Veterans Report Mental Disorders, a Private Study Finds

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/18/us/18vets.html
April 18, 2008
Nearly a Fifth of War Veterans Report Mental Disorders, a Private Study Finds
By LIZETTE ALVAREZ [bush white house] [bureaucratic] [pentagon, dod, veterans’ affairs, others] [bush’s legacy may well be tainted with pretend soldiers and “chicken hawks” as some call them, breaks the U.S. military worse than anything since Vietnam] [Vulcans’ forward leaning, permanent war nonsense] [among other grave consequences, their thinking has exposed the cracks for America’s enemies to see where America’s forces begin to crumble from severe over deployment] [********]
One in five service members who have returned from Iraq or Afghanistan report symptoms of post-traumatic stress disorder or major depression, but little more than half of them have sought mental health treatment, according to an independent study of United States troops. [****] [staggering implications for America’s future as it attempts to care for these folks it’s chewed up and spat out along the way] [****]

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/04/18/us/18vets.html
April 18, 2008
Nearly a Fifth of War Veterans Report Mental Disorders, a Private Study Finds
By LIZETTE ALVAREZ [bush white house] [bureaucratic] [pentagon, dod, veterans’ affairs, others] [bush’s legacy may well be tainted with pretend soldiers and “chicken hawks” as some call them, breaks the U.S. military worse than anything since Vietnam] [Vulcans’ forward leaning, permanent war nonsense] [among other grave consequences, their thinking has exposed the cracks for America’s enemies to see where America’s forces begin to crumble from severe over deployment] [********]
One in five service members who have returned from Iraq or Afghanistan report symptoms of post-traumatic stress disorder or major depression, but little more than half of them have sought mental health treatment, according to an independent study of United States troops. [****] [staggering implications for America’s future as it attempts to care for these folks it’s chewed up and spat out along the way] [****]
The service members and veterans who reported these symptoms represented about 19 percent of the 1.6 million service members who have deployed to war in the last five years, [*****] a figure consistent with the most recent findings by military researchers. A 2007 survey of combat Army soldiers who had been home for several months found that 17 percent of active-duty troops and 25 percent of reservists had screened positive for symptoms of stress disorder.
The study, released on Thursday by the RAND Corporation, reported that about 19 percent of the troops said they might have experienced a traumatic brain injury, usually the result of powerful roadside bombs, yet a majority of those troops had never been evaluated for such an injury.
The 500-page study is the first exhaustive, private analysis of the psychological and cognitive injuries suffered by service members. The study sought to determine the prevalence of these injuries, gaps in treatment and the costs of treating, or failing to treat, the conditions. [********]
RAND researchers conducted a telephone survey from last August to January 2008 with 1,965 service members, reservists and veterans who had deployed to Iraq or Afghanistan in the last five years. Some respondents had deployed more than once. The researchers also gathered data from focus groups. The survey was conducted in 24 communities with high concentrations of service members, reservists and veterans.
The Defense Department said that it was heartened that the data reflected its own findings on the prevalence of mental injuries, and that the study helped highlight the hurdles the military faces in helping veterans.
“We’re on a long journey, and we’ve come a long way, but we’ve got a long way to go,” said Col. Loree Sutton of the Army, head of the new Defense Center of Excellence for Psychological Health and Traumatic Brain Injury.
Lisa H. Jaycox, a senior behavioral scientist at RAND and a co-author of the new study, “Invisible Wounds of War,” said the findings also served to underscore the barriers, some of them self-imposed, that troops face in getting help. War veterans say they are often reluctant to seek treatment, in part out of fear that their medical information will be used to derail their careers. [****] Commanders typically have access to a service member’s military medical records.
“There is a perception that the record can be used against them,” Ms. Jaycox said. “That is hard to overcome given that the record is not confidential.”
Only 53 percent of service members and veterans who reported symptoms of post-traumatic stress disorder or depression sought treatment. [****] Of those, about half got “minimally adequate treatment,” according to the study.
“Clearly, that’s a finding that concerns us,” Colonel Sutton said during a meeting with reporters.
Defense Secretary Robert M. Gates is considering removing a question about a service member’s health care history from security clearance questionnaires, she said.
“We think that’s going to be a big step forward to help our service members understand that seeking care, in fact, is a sign of strength,” Colonel Sutton said.
A shortage of well-trained mental health workers in the military and the veterans’ health care system compounds the challenge.
The RAND study also estimated the two-year cost of treating service members who return from war wit